Fix indentation TAB accidentally introduced in 2012-10-01T03:32:06Z!kfogel@red-bean...
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob7b515a69a1c30d9e4b352ca6d6032bcebaa1a2e0
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 \(fn)" t nil)
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 \(fn)" t nil)
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 \(fn)" t nil)
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
56 \(fn)" t nil)
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
68 ;;;***
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20427 14766 970343 0))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
86 \(fn)" t nil)
88 ;;;***
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
97 \(fn)" t nil)
99 ;;;***
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;***
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
214 \(fn)" t nil)
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
252 ;;;***
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20497 6436 957082 0))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
397 ;;;***
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20515 36389 544939 0))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
481 \(fn)" t nil)
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
486 \(fn)" t nil)
488 ;;;***
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
569 \(fn)" nil t)
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
584 outline.)
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
597 and many other features.
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
616 Exposure Control:
617 ----------------
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
624 Navigation:
625 ----------
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
649 current topic
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
673 Misc commands:
674 -------------
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
677 for `allout-layout'.
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
686 format.
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
689 auto-activation.
691 Topic Encryption
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
709 signal.
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
713 for details.
715 HOT-SPOT Operation
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
740 Extending Allout
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
746 `allout-mode-hook'
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
750 `allout-structure-added-functions'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
756 Terminology
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
763 CURRENT ITEM:
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
767 called the:
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
770 ANCESTORS:
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
773 of the ITEM.
774 OFFSPRING:
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
776 SUBTOPIC:
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
778 CHILD:
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
780 SIBLINGS:
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
783 Topic text constituents:
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
786 text.
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
789 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
797 the PREFIX.
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
800 of the ITEM.
801 PREFIX-LEAD:
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
813 PREFIX-PADDING:
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
825 more details.
826 EXPOSURE:
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
829 CONCEALED:
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
849 ;;;***
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
869 visiting an outline.
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
894 The graphics include:
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
910 ;;;***
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
932 ;;;***
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
938 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
965 ;;;***
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20523 30501 603360 0))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
974 \(fn)" t nil)
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
991 ;;;***
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20427 14766 970343
995 ;;;;;; 0))
996 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
998 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
999 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1000 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1001 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1002 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1003 \\[yank].
1005 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1006 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1007 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1008 the rules.
1010 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1011 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1012 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1013 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1015 \(fn)" t nil)
1017 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1018 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1020 \(fn)" t nil)
1022 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1023 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1024 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1026 \(fn)" nil nil)
1028 ;;;***
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1031 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1034 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1035 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1036 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1037 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1038 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1039 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1041 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1043 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1044 Toggle checking of appointments.
1045 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1046 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1050 ;;;***
1052 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1053 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1054 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20523 62082
1055 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
1056 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1058 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1059 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1060 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1061 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1063 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1064 kind of objects to search.
1066 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1068 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1069 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1070 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1071 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1072 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1073 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1075 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1076 normal variables.
1078 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1080 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1082 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1083 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1084 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1085 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1086 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1087 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1089 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1090 noninteractive functions.
1092 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1093 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1095 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1096 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1100 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1101 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1103 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1105 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1106 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1107 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1108 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1110 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1111 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1112 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1113 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1115 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1116 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1118 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1120 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1122 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1123 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1124 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1125 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1126 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1128 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1130 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1131 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1132 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1133 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1134 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1135 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1137 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1138 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1139 names and values of properties.
1141 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1143 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1145 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1146 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1147 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1148 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1149 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1150 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1152 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1153 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1154 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1155 documentation strings.
1157 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1159 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1161 ;;;***
1163 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20387
1164 ;;;;;; 44199 24128 0))
1165 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1167 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1168 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1169 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1170 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1171 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1172 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1174 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1175 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1176 archive.
1178 \\{archive-mode-map}
1180 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1182 ;;;***
1184 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20355 10021 546955
1185 ;;;;;; 0))
1186 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1188 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1189 Major mode for editing arrays.
1191 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1192 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1193 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1195 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1197 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1198 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1199 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1201 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1202 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1203 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1204 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1205 The variables are:
1207 Variables you assign:
1208 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1209 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1210 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1211 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1212 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1213 row numbers in the buffer.
1215 Variables which are calculated:
1216 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1217 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1219 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1220 take a numeric prefix argument):
1222 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1223 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1224 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1225 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1227 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1232 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1233 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1234 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1235 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1237 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1238 between that of point and mark.
1240 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1241 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1243 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1244 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1245 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1246 newlines inside rows)
1248 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1250 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1252 \(fn)" t nil)
1254 ;;;***
1256 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20513
1257 ;;;;;; 18948 537867 0))
1258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1260 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1261 Toggle Artist mode.
1262 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1263 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1264 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1266 How to quit Artist mode
1268 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1271 How to submit a bug report
1273 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1276 Drawing with the mouse:
1278 mouse-2
1279 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1280 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1281 below).
1283 mouse-1
1284 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1285 or pastes:
1287 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1290 to new point
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1307 lines
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1313 Paste Paste Paste
1314 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1316 --------------------------------------------------------------
1318 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1319 or diagonally.
1321 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1322 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1323 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1324 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1325 poly-lines.
1327 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1328 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1329 overwrite means the opposite.
1331 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1332 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1333 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1335 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1337 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1338 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1340 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1341 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1342 are currently drawing something.
1344 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1345 some time to fill.
1348 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1349 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1352 Settings
1354 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1356 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1358 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1360 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1362 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1363 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1365 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1368 Drawing with keys
1370 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1371 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1372 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1373 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1374 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1375 When pasting: Pastes
1377 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1379 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1381 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1382 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1383 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1384 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1385 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1386 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1389 Arrows
1391 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1392 of the line/poly-line
1394 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1395 of the line/poly-line
1398 Selecting operation
1400 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1402 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1406 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1407 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1408 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1409 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1410 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1411 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1412 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1413 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1414 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1415 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1417 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1418 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1419 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1420 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1421 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1424 Variables
1426 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1427 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1429 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1430 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1431 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1432 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1433 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1434 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1435 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1436 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1437 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1438 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1439 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1440 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1441 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1442 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1443 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1444 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1445 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1446 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1447 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1449 Hooks
1451 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1454 Keymap summary
1456 \\{artist-mode-map}
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1460 ;;;***
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20355
1463 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
1464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1466 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1467 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1468 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1470 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1472 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1473 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1475 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1476 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1478 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1479 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1481 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1483 Special commands:
1484 \\{asm-mode-map}
1486 \(fn)" t nil)
1488 ;;;***
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1491 ;;;;;; (20544 36659 880486 0))
1492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1494 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1495 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1496 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1497 let-binding.")
1499 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1501 ;;;***
1503 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1504 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1505 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1507 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1508 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1509 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1511 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1513 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1514 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1516 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1517 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1519 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1520 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1521 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1522 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1523 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1524 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1525 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1526 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1528 For example:
1529 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1530 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1531 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1532 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1533 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1535 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1539 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1541 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1544 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1546 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1548 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1549 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1551 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1552 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1554 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1555 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1556 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1558 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1562 ;;;***
1564 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1565 ;;;;;; (20513 18948 537867 0))
1566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1568 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1569 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1571 \(fn)" t nil)
1573 ;;;***
1575 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1576 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20458 56750 651721 0))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1579 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1580 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1581 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1583 \(fn)" t nil)
1585 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1586 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1587 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1588 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1590 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1592 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1593 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1594 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1597 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1599 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1601 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1602 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1604 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1605 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1607 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1608 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1612 ;;;***
1614 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1615 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1616 ;;;;;; (20518 12580 46478 0))
1617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1621 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1623 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1624 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1625 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1627 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1628 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1629 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1630 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1631 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1633 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1635 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1637 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1639 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1640 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1641 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1643 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1644 directory or directories specified.
1646 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1647 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1648 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1649 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1650 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1651 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1653 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1655 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1656 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1657 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1658 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1659 should be non-nil).
1661 \(fn)" nil nil)
1663 ;;;***
1665 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1666 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1667 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
1668 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1670 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1671 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1672 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1673 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1674 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1676 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1677 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1678 disk changes.
1680 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1681 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1682 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1686 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1687 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1689 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1690 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1692 \(fn)" nil nil)
1694 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1695 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1697 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1698 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1700 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1701 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1702 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1703 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1704 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1706 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1707 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1708 writing before you save the file!
1710 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1714 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1715 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1717 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1718 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1720 \(fn)" nil nil)
1722 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1723 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1724 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1727 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1729 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1731 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1732 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1734 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1735 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1737 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1738 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1739 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1741 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1742 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1743 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1744 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1745 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1747 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1748 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1749 specifies in the mode line.
1751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1753 ;;;***
1755 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1756 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
1757 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1759 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1760 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1761 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1763 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1765 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1767 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1768 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1769 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1770 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1772 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1773 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1774 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1776 Effects of the different modes:
1777 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1778 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1779 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1780 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1781 a random distance & direction.
1782 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1783 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1784 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1786 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1788 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1789 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1790 definition of \"random distance\".)
1792 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1794 ;;;***
1796 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1797 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
1798 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1799 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1801 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1802 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1803 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1804 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1806 \(fn)" t nil)
1808 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1809 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1810 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1813 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1815 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1817 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1818 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1820 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1821 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1823 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1824 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1825 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1826 seconds.
1828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1830 ;;;***
1832 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1833 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20355 10021 546955
1834 ;;;;;; 0))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1837 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1838 Time execution of FORMS.
1839 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1840 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1841 FORMS once.
1842 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1843 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1844 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1848 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1849 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1850 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1851 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1852 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1856 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1857 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1858 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1859 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1860 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1862 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1864 ;;;***
1866 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1867 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20439 5925 915283 0))
1868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1870 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1871 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1872 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1873 of corresponding buffers.
1874 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1875 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1876 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1877 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1878 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1879 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1881 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1883 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1884 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1886 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1888 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1889 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1890 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1891 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1893 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1894 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1895 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1896 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1897 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1899 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1900 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1903 Special information:
1905 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1907 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1908 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1909 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1910 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1911 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1912 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1913 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1914 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1915 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1916 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1917 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1919 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1920 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1921 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1922 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1923 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1924 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1925 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1926 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1928 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1930 ----------------------------------------------------------
1931 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1932 if that value is non-nil.
1934 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1936 \(fn)" t nil)
1938 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1939 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1940 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1941 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1942 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1943 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1944 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1945 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1946 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1947 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1948 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1949 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1951 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1953 ;;;***
1955 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1956 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1957 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1959 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1960 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1962 \(fn)" t nil)
1964 ;;;***
1966 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1967 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1968 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1969 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1971 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1972 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1974 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1975 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1976 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1978 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1980 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1981 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1983 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1985 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1986 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1988 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1990 ;;;***
1992 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20545
1993 ;;;;;; 57511 257469 0))
1994 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1996 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1997 Play blackbox.
1998 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2000 What is blackbox?
2002 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2003 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2004 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2005 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2006 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2007 your score.
2009 Overview of play:
2011 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2012 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2013 four.
2015 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2016 movement keys.
2018 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2019 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2021 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2022 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2024 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2025 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2026 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2027 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2028 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2029 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2031 Details:
2033 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2035 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2036 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2037 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2038 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2040 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2041 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2042 denoted by the letter `R'.
2044 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2045 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2046 denoted by the letter `H'.
2048 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2049 example.
2051 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2052 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2053 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2054 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2055 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2056 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2057 ray.
2059 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2060 degree deflection it causes.
2063 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2064 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2065 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2066 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2067 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2068 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2069 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2070 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2073 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2074 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2077 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2087 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2088 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2089 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2090 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2091 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2092 emerging from the box.
2094 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2101 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2105 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2106 a reflection.
2108 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2110 ;;;***
2112 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2113 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2114 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2115 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2116 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20514 15527 107017 0))
2117 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2118 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2119 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2120 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2122 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2123 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2124 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2125 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2126 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2127 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2128 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2130 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2131 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2132 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2134 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2135 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2136 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2137 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2138 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2139 recent one.
2141 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2142 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2143 yank successive words.
2145 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2146 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2147 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2148 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2149 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2151 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2152 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2153 the list of bookmarks.)
2155 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2157 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2158 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2159 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2160 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2161 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2162 this.
2164 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2165 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2166 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2167 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2169 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2170 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2172 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2173 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2174 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2176 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2178 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2179 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2181 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2183 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2184 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2186 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2187 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2188 after a bookmark was set in it.
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2193 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2195 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2196 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2198 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2200 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2203 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2204 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2205 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2207 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2208 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2209 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2211 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2212 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2213 name.
2215 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2217 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2218 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2219 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2221 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2222 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2223 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2224 this.
2226 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2229 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2231 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2232 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2233 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2234 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2235 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2236 probably because we were called from there.
2238 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2240 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2241 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2242 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2244 \(fn)" t nil)
2246 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2247 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2248 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2249 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2250 \(second argument).
2252 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2253 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2254 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2255 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2256 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2258 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2259 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2260 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'.
2263 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2265 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2266 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2267 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2268 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2269 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2270 while loading.
2272 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2273 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2274 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2275 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2276 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2277 explicitly.
2279 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2280 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2281 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2282 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2284 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2286 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2287 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2288 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2289 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2290 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2292 \(fn)" t nil)
2294 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2296 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2298 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2299 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2301 \(fn)" t nil)
2303 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2305 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2307 ;;;***
2309 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2313 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2314 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2315 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2316 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2317 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
2318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2320 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2321 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2322 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2323 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2325 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2326 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2327 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2328 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2329 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2331 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2333 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2334 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2335 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2336 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2337 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2338 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2340 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2342 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2343 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2344 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2345 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2346 narrowed.
2348 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2350 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2351 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2353 \(fn)" t nil)
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2358 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2360 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2362 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2363 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2364 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2365 first, if that exists.
2367 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2369 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2370 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2371 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2372 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2378 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2379 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2380 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2381 to use.
2383 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2386 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2387 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2388 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2390 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2394 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2395 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2399 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2400 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2403 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2404 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2413 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2414 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2416 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2417 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2418 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2419 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2422 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2423 new tab in an existing window instead.
2425 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2426 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2428 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2430 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2431 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2432 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2433 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2434 Firefox.
2436 When called interactively, if variable
2437 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2438 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2439 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2440 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2443 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2444 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2446 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2447 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2450 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2451 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2452 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2453 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2454 URL in a new window.
2456 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2458 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2459 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2460 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2461 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2462 Chromium.
2464 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2466 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2467 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2468 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2469 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2471 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2472 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2473 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2474 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2476 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2477 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2478 new tab in an existing window instead.
2480 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2481 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2491 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2492 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2493 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2495 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2496 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2497 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2498 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2501 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2506 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2508 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2509 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2510 program is invoked according to the variable
2511 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2513 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2514 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2515 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2516 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2519 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2523 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2524 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2525 Default to the URL around or before point.
2527 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2528 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2529 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2531 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2532 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2533 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2534 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2537 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2541 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2542 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2543 Default to the URL around or before point.
2545 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2546 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2547 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2550 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2554 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2555 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2556 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2557 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2559 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2561 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2562 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2563 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2564 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2565 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2566 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2568 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2570 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2571 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2572 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2573 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2574 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2576 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2577 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2578 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2579 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2581 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2582 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2586 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2587 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2588 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2589 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2590 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2591 current one.
2593 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2594 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2595 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2596 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2598 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2599 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2603 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2604 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2605 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2606 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2607 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2608 don't offer a form of remote control.
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2614 Default to the URL around or before point.
2616 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2618 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2619 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2620 Default to the URL around the point.
2622 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2623 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2625 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2626 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2628 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2630 ;;;***
2632 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2633 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20520 54308 826101 0))
2634 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2636 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2637 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2638 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2639 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2641 \(fn)" t nil)
2643 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2644 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2645 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2646 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2648 \(fn)" t nil)
2650 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2651 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2653 \(fn)" t nil)
2655 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2656 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2657 \\<bs-mode-map>
2658 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2659 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2660 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2661 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2663 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2664 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2665 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2666 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2667 name of buffer configuration.
2669 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2671 ;;;***
2673 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20478 3673
2674 ;;;;;; 653810 0))
2675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2677 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2678 Play Bubbles game.
2679 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2680 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2681 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2682 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2683 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2684 columns on its right towards the left.
2686 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2687 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2691 \(fn)" t nil)
2693 ;;;***
2695 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2696 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20532 45476 981297 0))
2697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2699 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2701 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2702 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2703 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2704 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2705 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2709 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2710 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2714 ;;;***
2716 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2717 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2718 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2719 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2720 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20522 38631 876994 556000))
2721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2722 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2728 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2729 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2730 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2731 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2732 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2733 else the global value will be modified.
2735 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2738 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2739 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2740 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2741 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2742 else the global value will be modified.
2744 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2746 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2747 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2748 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2750 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2752 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2753 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2754 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2755 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2757 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2758 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2759 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2760 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2761 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2762 before scanning it.
2764 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2765 that already has a `.elc' file.
2767 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2768 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2770 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2771 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2772 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2773 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2774 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2775 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2777 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2779 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2780 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2781 Print the result in the echo area.
2782 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2786 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2787 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2788 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2790 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2792 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2793 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2794 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2795 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2796 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2797 all functions called by those functions.
2799 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2800 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2801 cons, etc.).
2803 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2804 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2805 invoked interactively.
2807 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2810 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2811 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2812 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814 \(fn)" nil nil)
2816 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2817 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2818 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2819 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2820 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2821 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2822 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2823 already up-to-date.
2825 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2827 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2828 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2829 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2830 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2832 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2833 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2834 and corresponding effects.
2836 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2838 ;;;***
2840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20355
2841 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
2842 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2844 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848 ;;;***
2850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20461 32935
2851 ;;;;;; 300400 0))
2852 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2854 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2856 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 ;;;***
2862 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2863 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
2864 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2866 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2867 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2868 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2869 from the cursor position.
2871 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2873 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2875 ;;;***
2877 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2878 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2879 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20504
2880 ;;;;;; 23200 130482 0))
2881 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2882 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2884 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2885 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2889 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2890 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2892 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2895 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2897 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2899 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2900 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2902 \(fn)" t nil)
2904 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2905 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2906 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2907 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2909 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2911 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2912 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2913 This is most useful in the X window system.
2914 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2915 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2917 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2919 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2920 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2921 See calc-keypad for details.
2923 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2925 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2926 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2928 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2930 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2931 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2933 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2935 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2936 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2938 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2940 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2941 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2942 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2944 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2946 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2947 Define Calc function.
2949 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2950 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2951 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2953 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2954 actual Lisp function name.
2956 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2958 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2960 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2962 ;;;***
2964 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20355
2965 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
2966 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2968 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2971 \(fn N)" t nil)
2973 ;;;***
2975 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20476
2976 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
2977 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2979 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2980 Run the Emacs calculator.
2981 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2983 \(fn)" t nil)
2985 ;;;***
2987 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20457
2988 ;;;;;; 35879 688143 0))
2989 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2991 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2992 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2993 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2994 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2995 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2996 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2998 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2999 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3000 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3001 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3002 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3003 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3004 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3005 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3006 window.
3008 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3009 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3011 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3012 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3013 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3014 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3015 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3016 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3018 Runs the following hooks:
3020 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3021 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3022 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3023 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3025 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
3027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3029 ;;;***
3031 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3032 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3035 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3036 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3038 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3040 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3041 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3042 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3043 it fails.
3045 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3047 ;;;***
3049 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3050 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
3051 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3053 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3054 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3055 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3056 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3057 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3059 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3060 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3061 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3062 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3063 restriction to ASCII.
3065 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3067 capitalizedWorDD
3068 ^ ^ ^^
3070 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3071 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3072 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3074 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3075 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3076 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3077 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3078 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3079 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3080 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3082 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3083 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3087 ;;;***
3089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20355
3090 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
3091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3092 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3094 ;;;***
3096 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3097 ;;;;;; (20486 36135 22104 0))
3098 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3100 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3101 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3103 \(fn)" nil nil)
3105 ;;;***
3107 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3108 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3109 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20355 10021
3110 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
3111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3113 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3114 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3116 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3117 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3119 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3122 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3124 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3125 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3126 made from scratch.
3128 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3130 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3131 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3133 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3134 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3135 made from scratch.
3137 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3139 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3140 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3142 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3144 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3145 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3146 made from scratch.
3148 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3150 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3151 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3153 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3154 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3155 made from scratch.
3157 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3159 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3160 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3162 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3164 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3165 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3166 made from scratch.
3168 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3170 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3171 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3173 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3174 variables are guessed:
3176 * `c-basic-offset', and
3177 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3178 `c-offsets-alist'.
3180 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3181 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3183 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3184 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3186 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3187 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3188 guess is made from scratch.
3190 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3191 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3193 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3195 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3196 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3197 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3198 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3200 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3201 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3202 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3204 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3206 ;;;***
3208 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3209 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3210 ;;;;;; (20416 44451 205563 0))
3211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3213 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3214 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3215 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3216 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3217 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3218 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3219 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3221 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3223 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3224 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3225 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3226 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3227 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3228 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3229 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3230 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3231 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3234 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3235 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3237 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3238 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3239 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3241 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3243 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3244 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3246 Key bindings:
3247 \\{c-mode-map}
3249 \(fn)" t nil)
3251 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3252 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3254 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3255 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3256 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3257 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3258 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3259 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3260 message.
3262 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3264 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3265 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3267 Key bindings:
3268 \\{c++-mode-map}
3270 \(fn)" t nil)
3272 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3273 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3274 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3276 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3277 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3278 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3279 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3280 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3281 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3282 message.
3284 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3286 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3287 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3289 Key bindings:
3290 \\{objc-mode-map}
3292 \(fn)" t nil)
3294 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3295 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3296 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3298 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3299 Major mode for editing Java code.
3300 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3301 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3302 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3303 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3304 message.
3306 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3308 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3309 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3311 Key bindings:
3312 \\{java-mode-map}
3314 \(fn)" t nil)
3316 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3317 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3318 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3320 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3321 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3322 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3323 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3324 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3325 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3326 message.
3328 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3330 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3331 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3333 Key bindings:
3334 \\{idl-mode-map}
3336 \(fn)" t nil)
3338 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3339 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3340 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3341 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3343 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3344 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3345 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3346 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3347 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3348 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3349 message.
3351 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3353 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3354 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3356 Key bindings:
3357 \\{pike-mode-map}
3359 \(fn)" t nil)
3360 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3361 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3362 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3363 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3364 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3365 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3367 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3368 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3369 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3370 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3371 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3372 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3374 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3376 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3377 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3379 Key bindings:
3380 \\{awk-mode-map}
3382 \(fn)" t nil)
3384 ;;;***
3386 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3387 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3390 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3391 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3392 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3393 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3395 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3397 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3398 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3399 might get set too.
3401 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3402 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3403 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3404 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3405 way.
3407 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3408 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3409 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3410 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3411 a null operation.
3413 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3415 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3416 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3417 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3418 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3420 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3422 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3423 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3424 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3426 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3428 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3429 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3430 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3431 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3432 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3434 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3436 ;;;***
3438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20355 10021
3439 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
3440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3441 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3442 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3443 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3445 ;;;***
3447 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3448 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3449 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
3450 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3452 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3453 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3455 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3457 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3458 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3460 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3462 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3463 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3465 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3466 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3467 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3468 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3469 execution.
3471 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3473 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3475 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3476 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3478 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3479 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3480 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3481 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3483 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3484 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3485 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3486 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3487 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3488 `write' commands.
3490 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3491 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3492 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3493 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3495 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3496 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3497 semantics.
3499 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3501 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3503 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3505 STATEMENT :=
3506 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3507 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3509 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3510 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3511 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3512 | integer
3514 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3516 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3517 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3518 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3520 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3521 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3522 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3524 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3525 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3527 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3528 BREAK := (break)
3530 REPEAT :=
3531 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3532 (repeat)
3533 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3534 ;; (repeat))
3535 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3536 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3537 ;; (read REG)
3538 ;; (repeat))
3539 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3540 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3541 ;; (read REG)
3542 ;; (repeat))
3543 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3545 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3546 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3547 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3548 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3549 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3550 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3551 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3552 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3553 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3554 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3555 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3556 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3557 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3558 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3559 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3560 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3562 WRITE :=
3563 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3564 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3565 ;; representation.
3566 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3567 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3568 ;; (write r7))
3569 | (write EXPRESSION)
3570 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3571 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3572 ;; representation.
3573 | (write integer)
3574 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3575 ;; buffer.
3576 | (write string)
3577 ;; Same as: (write string)
3578 | string
3579 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3580 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3581 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3582 ;; representation.
3583 | (write REG ARRAY)
3584 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3585 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3586 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3587 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3588 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3589 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3591 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3592 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3594 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3595 END := (end)
3597 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3598 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3599 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3601 ARG := REG | integer
3603 OPERATOR :=
3604 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3605 + | - | * | / | %
3607 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3608 | & | `|' | ^
3610 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3611 | << | >>
3613 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3614 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3615 | <8
3617 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3618 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3619 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3620 | >8
3622 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3623 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3624 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3625 | //
3627 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3628 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3630 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3631 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3632 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3633 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3634 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3635 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3636 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3637 | de-sjis
3639 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3640 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3641 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3642 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3643 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3644 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3645 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3646 ;; byte of SJIS.
3647 | en-sjis
3649 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3650 ;; Same meaning as C code
3651 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3653 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3654 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3655 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3656 | <8=
3658 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3659 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3660 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3662 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3663 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3664 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3665 | //=
3667 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3670 TRANSLATE :=
3671 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3672 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3673 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3674 LOOKUP :=
3675 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3676 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3677 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3678 MAP :=
3679 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3680 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3681 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3682 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3683 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3684 MAP-ID := integer
3686 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3688 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3690 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3691 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3692 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3693 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3694 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3695 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3697 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3699 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3700 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3701 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3703 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3705 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3707 ;;;***
3709 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3710 ;;;;;; (20453 5437 764254 0))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3713 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3714 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3715 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3716 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3718 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3720 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3722 ;;;***
3724 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3725 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3728 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3729 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3730 There are no special keybindings by default.
3732 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3733 to the action header.
3735 \(fn)" t nil)
3737 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3738 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3739 There are no special keybindings by default.
3741 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3742 to the action header.
3744 \(fn)" t nil)
3746 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3747 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3748 on the buffer contents
3750 \(fn)" nil nil)
3752 ;;;***
3754 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3755 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20378 29222 722320 0))
3756 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3758 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3759 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3760 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3762 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3764 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3765 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3766 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3768 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3770 ;;;***
3772 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3773 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3774 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3775 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3776 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3777 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3778 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3779 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3780 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20388 65061 302484 0))
3781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3782 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3783 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3784 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3785 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3786 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3788 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3791 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3793 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3794 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3795 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3796 the users will view as each check is completed.
3798 \(fn)" t nil)
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3801 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3802 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3803 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3804 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3805 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3806 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3807 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3809 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3811 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3812 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3813 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3814 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3815 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3816 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3817 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3818 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3820 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3822 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3823 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3824 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3825 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3826 spacing are all verified.
3828 \(fn)" t nil)
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3831 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3832 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3833 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3834 otherwise stop after the first error.
3836 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3839 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3840 Only documentation strings are checked.
3841 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3842 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3843 a separate buffer.
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3848 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3849 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3850 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3851 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3853 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3856 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3857 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3858 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3859 if there is one.
3861 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3864 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3865 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3866 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3867 if there is one.
3868 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3870 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3872 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3873 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3874 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3876 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3879 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3880 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3881 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3882 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3884 \(fn)" t nil)
3886 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3887 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3888 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3889 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3890 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3891 space at the end of each line.
3893 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3896 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3897 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3898 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3900 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3904 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3905 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3907 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3909 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3910 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3911 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3912 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3914 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3917 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3918 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3919 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3921 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3923 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3924 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3925 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3926 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3928 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3931 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3932 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3933 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3935 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3937 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3938 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3939 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3942 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3944 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3945 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3946 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3947 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3949 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3951 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3952 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3953 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3954 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3956 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3958 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3959 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3960 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3961 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3962 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3964 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3965 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3966 checking of documentation strings.
3968 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3972 ;;;***
3974 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3975 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3976 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3977 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3979 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3980 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3981 Return the length of resulting text.
3983 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3985 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3986 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3988 \(fn)" t nil)
3990 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3991 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3992 Return the length of resulting text.
3994 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3996 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3997 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3999 \(fn)" t nil)
4001 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4004 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4006 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4009 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4011 ;;;***
4013 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4014 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
4015 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4017 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4018 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4019 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4020 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4021 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4022 editing and the result is evaluated.
4024 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4026 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4027 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4028 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4029 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4030 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4032 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4034 \(fn)" t nil)
4036 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4037 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4038 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4039 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4040 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4042 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4043 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4044 \\{command-history-map}
4046 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4047 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4049 \(fn)" t nil)
4051 ;;;***
4053 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4054 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4055 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4057 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4058 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4059 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4060 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4061 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4062 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4063 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4064 of this function.
4066 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4067 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4068 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4069 property are:
4071 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4072 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4074 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4075 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4076 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4077 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4078 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4079 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4080 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4081 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4082 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4083 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4084 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4085 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4087 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4088 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4089 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4091 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4092 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4093 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4094 list elements are:
4096 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4098 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4100 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4102 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4103 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4105 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4106 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4108 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4109 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4110 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4111 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4112 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4113 value specified by their associated list element.
4115 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4117 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4118 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4119 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4121 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4122 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4123 * indent the first argument by 4.
4124 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4125 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4126 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4128 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4130 ;;;***
4132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20541 60450
4133 ;;;;;; 834170 0))
4134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4136 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4138 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4139 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4140 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4141 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4142 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4143 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4145 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4146 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4148 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4150 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4152 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4154 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4156 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4158 ;;;***
4160 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4161 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
4162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4164 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4165 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4166 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4167 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4169 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4170 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4171 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4172 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4174 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4175 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4177 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4179 ;;;***
4181 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20355
4182 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
4183 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4185 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4186 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4187 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4188 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4189 of `scheme-program-name').
4190 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4191 it is given as initial input.
4192 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4193 discards input when it starts up.
4194 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4195 is run).
4196 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4198 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4200 ;;;***
4202 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20522 9637
4203 ;;;;;; 465791 0))
4204 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4206 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4207 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4208 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4209 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4211 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4212 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4214 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4215 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4216 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4218 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4220 ;;;***
4222 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4223 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4224 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4225 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
4226 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4228 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4229 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4230 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4231 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4232 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4233 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4234 functions have already modified the buffer.
4236 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4238 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4239 either globally or locally.")
4241 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4242 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4243 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4244 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4246 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4247 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4248 `start-file-process'
4249 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4250 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4251 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4253 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4254 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4256 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4258 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4260 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4262 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4263 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4264 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4265 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4266 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4267 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4268 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4269 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4270 process as its initial input.
4272 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4274 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4276 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4278 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4279 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4280 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4281 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4282 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4283 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4285 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4287 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4288 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4289 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4290 directory tracking functions.")
4292 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4293 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4294 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4296 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4298 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4300 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4301 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4302 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4304 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4306 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4308 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4309 Send COMMAND to current process.
4310 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4311 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4313 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4315 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4316 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4317 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4318 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4320 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4322 ;;;***
4324 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4325 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4326 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4328 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4329 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4330 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4331 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4333 This command pushes the mark in each window
4334 at the prior location of point in that window.
4335 If both windows display the same buffer,
4336 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4337 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4339 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4340 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4341 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4342 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4343 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4344 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4345 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4346 ignored.
4348 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4349 this command work in interlaced mode:
4350 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4351 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4352 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4354 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4356 ;;;***
4358 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4359 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4360 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4361 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4362 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20543
4363 ;;;;;; 15782 195452 0))
4364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4366 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4367 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4369 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4371 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4372 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4373 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4374 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4375 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4376 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4377 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4379 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4381 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4382 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4384 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4386 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4387 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4388 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4389 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4390 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4392 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4393 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4394 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4395 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4396 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4398 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4399 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4400 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4401 describing how the process finished.")
4403 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4404 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4405 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4406 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4407 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4409 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4410 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4411 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4413 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4415 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4416 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4417 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4418 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4420 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4422 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4423 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4425 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4426 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4428 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4429 (lambda ()
4430 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4431 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4432 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4433 (concat \"make -k \"
4434 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4436 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4437 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4439 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4440 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4441 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4442 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4444 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4446 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4447 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4448 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4449 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4451 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4452 and move to the source code that caused it.
4454 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4455 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4457 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4458 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4459 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4460 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4462 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4463 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4464 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4465 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4467 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4468 kills its subprocesses.
4470 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4471 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4472 to a function that generates a unique name.
4474 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4476 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4477 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4478 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4479 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4481 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4482 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4484 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4485 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4486 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4487 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4489 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4490 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4491 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4493 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4495 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4497 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4498 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4499 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4500 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4501 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4503 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4505 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4507 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4509 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4511 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4512 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4514 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4515 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4517 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4518 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4519 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4520 See `compilation-mode'.
4522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4524 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4525 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4526 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4527 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4528 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4530 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4531 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4532 `compilation-mode'.
4534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4536 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4537 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4538 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4540 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4542 ;;;***
4544 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4545 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
4546 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4548 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4549 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4550 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4551 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4552 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4553 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4555 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4557 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4558 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4559 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4560 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4561 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4565 ;;;***
4567 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4568 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4569 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4570 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4571 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4573 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4574 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4575 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4576 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4577 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4578 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4579 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4581 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4582 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4583 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4585 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4586 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4587 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4589 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4590 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4591 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4592 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4594 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4595 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4596 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4597 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4598 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4599 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4600 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4602 \\{conf-mode-map}
4604 \(fn)" t nil)
4606 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4607 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4608 Comments start with `#'.
4609 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4611 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4613 \[Desktop Entry]
4614 Encoding=UTF-8
4615 Name=The GIMP
4616 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4617 Name[cs]=GIMP
4619 \(fn)" t nil)
4621 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4622 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4623 Comments start with `;'.
4624 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4626 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4628 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4629 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4630 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4632 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4633 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4635 \(fn)" t nil)
4637 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4638 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4639 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4640 between `/*' and `*/'.
4641 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4643 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4644 // another kind of comment
4645 /* yet another */
4647 name:value
4648 name=value
4649 name value
4650 x.1 =
4651 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4652 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4654 \(fn)" t nil)
4656 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4657 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4658 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4659 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4660 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4661 `conf-space-keywords'.
4662 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4663 in an interactive fashion instead.
4665 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4667 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4669 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4670 image/png png
4671 image/tiff tiff tif
4673 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4674 class desktop
4675 # Standard multimedia devices
4676 add /dev/audio desktop
4677 add /dev/mixer desktop
4679 \(fn)" t nil)
4681 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4682 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4683 See `conf-space-mode'.
4685 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4687 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4688 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4689 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4690 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4692 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4694 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4695 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4697 \(fn)" t nil)
4699 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4700 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4701 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4702 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4704 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4706 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4707 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4709 \(fn)" t nil)
4711 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4712 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4713 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4714 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4716 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4718 *background: gray99
4719 *foreground: black
4721 \(fn)" t nil)
4723 ;;;***
4725 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4726 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
4727 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4729 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4730 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4731 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4732 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4734 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4736 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4737 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4738 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4739 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4741 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4743 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4744 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4745 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4746 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4748 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4750 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4751 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4753 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4755 ;;;***
4757 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4758 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20518
4759 ;;;;;; 12580 46478 0))
4760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4761 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4762 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4763 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4765 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4766 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4767 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4768 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4769 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4770 following the copyright are updated as well.
4771 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4772 interactively.
4774 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4776 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4777 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4778 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4779 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4780 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4782 \(fn)" t nil)
4784 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4785 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4787 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4789 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4790 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4791 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4793 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4795 ;;;***
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4798 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20512 60198 306109
4799 ;;;;;; 0))
4800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4801 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4802 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4803 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4804 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4805 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4806 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4807 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4809 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4810 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4811 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4812 Tab indents for Perl code.
4813 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4814 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4816 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4817 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4818 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4819 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4820 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4821 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4822 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4823 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4824 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4825 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4826 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4827 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4829 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4831 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4832 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4834 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4836 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4837 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4838 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4839 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4840 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4841 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4842 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4843 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4844 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4846 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4848 bite if angry;
4850 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4851 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4852 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4853 to nil.)
4855 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4856 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4857 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4859 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4861 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4862 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4863 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4864 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4865 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4867 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4869 if (A) { B }
4871 into
4873 B if A;
4875 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4877 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4878 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4879 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4880 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4881 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4882 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4883 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4884 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4885 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4886 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4887 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4888 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4889 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4891 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4892 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4893 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4894 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4895 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4896 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4898 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4899 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4900 man via menu.
4902 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4903 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4904 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4905 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4906 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4908 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4909 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4910 span the needed amount of lines.
4912 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4913 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4914 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4915 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4917 Variables controlling indentation style:
4918 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4919 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4920 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4921 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4922 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4923 `cperl-auto-newline'
4924 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4925 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4926 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4927 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4928 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4929 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4930 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4931 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4932 `cperl-indent-level'
4933 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4934 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4935 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4936 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4937 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4938 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4939 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4940 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4941 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4942 `cperl-brace-offset'
4943 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4944 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4945 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4946 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4947 `cperl-label-offset'
4948 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4949 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4950 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4952 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4953 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4954 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4955 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4956 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4957 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4959 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4960 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4961 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4962 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4964 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4965 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4966 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4967 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4968 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4969 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4970 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4972 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4973 column 0 is indented on
4974 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4976 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4977 with no args.
4979 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4980 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4981 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4983 \(fn)" t nil)
4985 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4986 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4988 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4990 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4991 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4993 \(fn)" t nil)
4995 ;;;***
4997 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4998 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4999 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5001 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5002 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5003 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5004 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5005 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5007 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5009 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5010 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5012 \(fn)" t nil)
5014 ;;;***
5016 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5017 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
5018 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5020 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5021 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5022 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5023 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5025 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5026 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5028 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5030 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5031 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5032 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5033 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5034 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5038 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5040 ;;;***
5042 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5043 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
5044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5046 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5047 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5048 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5049 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5051 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5052 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5053 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5054 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5056 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5057 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5058 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5060 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5061 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5062 'bob', and 'eve'.
5064 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5065 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5066 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5068 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5070 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5071 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5072 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5074 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5076 ;;;***
5078 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20478
5079 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
5080 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5082 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5083 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5085 \(fn)" t nil)
5087 ;;;***
5089 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5090 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
5091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5093 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5094 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5095 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5096 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5097 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5098 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5100 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5102 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5103 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5104 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5105 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5106 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5108 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5109 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5110 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5111 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5112 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5113 normal function of these prefix keys.
5115 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5116 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5117 options:
5118 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5119 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5120 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5122 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5123 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5124 the prefix fallback behavior.
5126 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5127 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5128 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5129 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5133 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5134 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5136 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5138 ;;;***
5140 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5141 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5142 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5143 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5144 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5145 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5146 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5147 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5148 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5149 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5150 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
5151 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5153 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5154 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5156 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5158 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5159 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5161 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5163 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5164 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5166 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5168 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5169 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5171 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5172 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5174 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5175 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5177 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5179 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5181 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5182 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5183 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5185 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5186 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5188 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5189 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5191 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5192 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5194 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5196 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5198 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5199 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5200 Return VALUE.
5202 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5203 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5205 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5206 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5208 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5209 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5211 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5213 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5215 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5216 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5217 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5218 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5220 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5221 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5222 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5224 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5226 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5227 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5228 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5229 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5230 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5232 \(fn)" t nil)
5234 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5235 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5236 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5237 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5239 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5241 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5242 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5243 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5245 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5247 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5248 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5250 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5252 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5254 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5255 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5257 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5259 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5261 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5262 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5263 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5265 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5267 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5268 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5269 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5270 as part of Emacs itself.
5272 Each elements looks like this:
5274 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5276 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5277 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5278 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5279 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5280 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5281 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5282 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5283 and `defface'.
5285 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5287 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5288 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5289 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5290 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5291 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5293 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5294 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5295 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5296 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5298 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5300 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5301 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5302 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5303 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5304 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5305 release.
5307 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5308 that were added or redefined since that version.
5310 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5312 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5313 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5314 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5315 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5317 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5319 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5320 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5322 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5324 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5325 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5326 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5328 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5329 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5331 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5333 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5334 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5336 \(fn)" t nil)
5338 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5339 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5341 \(fn)" t nil)
5343 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5344 Customize all saved options and faces.
5346 \(fn)" t nil)
5348 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5349 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5350 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5351 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5352 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5353 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5355 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5356 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5357 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5359 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5361 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5362 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5364 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5366 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5367 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5369 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5371 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5372 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5374 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5376 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5377 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5378 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5379 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5380 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5381 that option.
5383 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5385 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5386 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5387 The result includes selecting that window.
5388 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5389 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5390 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5391 that option.
5393 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5395 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5396 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5398 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5400 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5401 File used for storing customization information.
5402 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5403 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5404 it should be an absolute file name.
5406 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5407 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5408 something like the following in your init file:
5410 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5411 \(load custom-file)
5413 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5414 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5416 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5417 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5418 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5419 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5420 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5422 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5423 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5424 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5425 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5426 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5427 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5428 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5429 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5430 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5431 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5433 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5435 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5436 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5438 \(fn)" nil nil)
5440 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5441 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5443 \(fn)" t nil)
5445 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5446 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5447 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5449 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5451 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5452 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5453 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5454 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5455 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5457 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5459 ;;;***
5461 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5462 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20355
5463 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5464 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5466 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5467 Create or edit a custom theme.
5468 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5469 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5470 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5471 from the Custom save file.
5472 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5473 named *Custom Theme*.
5475 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5477 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5478 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5480 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5482 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5483 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5485 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5487 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5488 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5489 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5490 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5492 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5494 ;;;***
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5497 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5500 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5501 Mode used for cvs status output.
5503 \(fn)" t nil)
5505 ;;;***
5507 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5508 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
5509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5511 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5512 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5514 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5516 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5517 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5518 C++ modes are included.
5520 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5521 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5522 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5526 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5527 Turn on CWarn mode.
5529 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5530 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5532 \(fn)" nil nil)
5534 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5535 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5536 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5539 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5541 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5543 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5544 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5545 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5546 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5547 ARG is omitted or nil.
5549 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5550 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5551 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5555 ;;;***
5557 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5558 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5559 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
5560 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5562 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5563 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5565 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5567 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5568 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5570 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5572 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5573 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5574 For readability, the table is slightly
5575 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5577 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5578 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5579 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5580 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5581 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5583 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5585 ;;;***
5587 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5588 ;;;;;; (20397 45851 446679 0))
5589 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5590 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5591 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5592 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5593 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5595 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5596 Completion on current word.
5597 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5598 and presents suggestions for completion.
5600 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5601 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5602 completions.
5604 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5605 then it searches *all* buffers.
5607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5609 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5610 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5612 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5613 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5614 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5615 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5616 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5618 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5619 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5621 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5622 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5623 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5625 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5626 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5628 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5630 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5632 ;;;***
5634 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5635 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
5636 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5638 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5639 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5641 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5643 ;;;***
5645 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20523
5646 ;;;;;; 62082 997685 0))
5647 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5649 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5650 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5651 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5652 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5653 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5655 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5657 ;;;***
5659 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20355
5660 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5661 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5663 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5664 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5666 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5667 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5668 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5670 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5671 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5672 Data lines are not indented.
5674 Key bindings:
5676 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5677 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5679 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5680 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5681 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5682 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5684 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5686 dcl-basic-offset
5687 Extra indentation within blocks.
5689 dcl-continuation-offset
5690 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5692 dcl-margin-offset
5693 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5695 dcl-margin-label-offset
5696 Indentation for a label.
5698 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5699 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5701 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5702 dcl-block-end-regexp
5703 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5704 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5705 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5706 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5707 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5709 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5710 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5711 Two such functions are included in the package:
5712 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5713 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5715 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5716 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5717 One such function is included in the package:
5718 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5720 dcl-tab-always-indent
5721 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5722 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5723 margin.
5725 dcl-electric-characters
5726 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5727 typed.
5729 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5730 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5731 which words trigger electric indentation.
5733 dcl-tempo-comma
5734 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5735 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5736 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5738 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5739 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5740 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5741 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5743 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5744 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5745 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5746 dcl-imenu-label-call
5747 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5749 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5750 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5751 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5752 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5755 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5757 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5758 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5759 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5760 $ i = 1
5761 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5762 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5763 $ label:
5764 $ if i.eq.1
5765 $ then
5766 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5767 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5768 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5769 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5770 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5771 \"lined up with the command line\"
5772 $ type sys$input
5773 Data lines are not indented at all.
5774 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5775 $ endif
5779 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5780 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5782 \(fn)" t nil)
5784 ;;;***
5786 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5787 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20497 6436 957082 0))
5788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5790 (setq debugger 'debug)
5792 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5793 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5794 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5795 of the evaluator.
5797 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5798 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5799 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5801 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5803 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5804 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5806 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5808 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5809 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5810 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5811 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5812 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5813 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5815 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5816 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5818 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5820 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5821 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5822 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5823 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5824 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5826 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5828 ;;;***
5830 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5831 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
5832 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5834 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5835 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5837 \(fn)" t nil)
5839 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5840 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5841 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5842 Upper-case letters are commands.
5844 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5845 modify it.
5847 The most useful commands are:
5848 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5849 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5850 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5851 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5852 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5853 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5855 \(fn)" t nil)
5857 ;;;***
5859 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5860 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20355
5861 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5862 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5864 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5865 Customization of `columns' group.
5867 \(fn)" t nil)
5869 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5870 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5872 START and END delimits the text region.
5874 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5876 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5877 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5879 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5881 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5883 ;;;***
5885 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20355
5886 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5889 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5890 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5891 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5892 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5893 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5894 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5895 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5897 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5899 Customization:
5901 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5902 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5903 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5904 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5905 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5906 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5907 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5908 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5909 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5910 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5911 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5912 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5913 blank line.
5914 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5915 Directories to search when finding external units.
5916 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5917 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5919 Coloring:
5921 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5922 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5923 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5924 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5925 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5926 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5927 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5928 Face used to color everything else.
5930 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5931 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5933 \(fn)" t nil)
5935 ;;;***
5937 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20515
5938 ;;;;;; 36389 544939 0))
5939 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5941 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5943 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5944 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5945 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5946 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5947 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5948 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5950 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5952 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5953 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5954 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5955 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5956 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5958 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5959 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5960 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5961 any selection.
5963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5965 ;;;***
5967 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5968 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20437 50597 545250 0))
5969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5971 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5972 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5974 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5976 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5977 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5978 or nil if there is no parent.
5979 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5980 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5981 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5982 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5983 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5985 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5986 arguments are currently understood:
5987 :group GROUP
5988 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5989 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5990 :syntax-table TABLE
5991 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5992 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5993 :abbrev-table TABLE
5994 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5995 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5997 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5999 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6001 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6002 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6003 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6005 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6006 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6008 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6009 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6010 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6012 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6013 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6015 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6016 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6018 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6020 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6022 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6024 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6025 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6026 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6027 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6028 the first time the mode is used.
6030 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6032 ;;;***
6034 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6035 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20530 32114 546307 0))
6036 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6038 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6039 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6040 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6041 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6042 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6043 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6044 otherwise.
6046 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6048 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6049 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6050 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6051 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6053 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6054 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6055 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6057 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6058 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6059 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6060 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6061 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6062 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6063 relevant to POS.
6065 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6067 ;;;***
6069 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6070 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6071 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6072 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20497 6436 957082 0))
6073 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6075 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6076 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6077 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6079 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6081 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6082 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6083 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6084 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6085 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6087 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6088 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6089 `desktop-read' for details.
6091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6093 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6094 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6095 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6096 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6098 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6100 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6101 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6102 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6104 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6105 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6106 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6108 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6109 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6111 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6112 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6113 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6115 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6116 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6117 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6118 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6120 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6122 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6123 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6125 Handlers are called with argument list
6127 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6129 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6131 desktop-file-version
6132 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6133 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6134 desktop-buffer-point
6135 desktop-buffer-mark
6136 desktop-buffer-read-only
6137 desktop-buffer-locals
6139 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6140 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6142 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6143 code like
6145 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6147 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6148 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6150 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6152 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6154 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6155 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6156 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6157 List elements must have the form
6159 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6161 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6162 function.
6164 Handlers are called with argument list
6166 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6168 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6170 desktop-file-version
6171 desktop-buffer-file-name
6172 desktop-buffer-name
6173 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6174 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6175 desktop-buffer-point
6176 desktop-buffer-mark
6177 desktop-buffer-read-only
6178 desktop-buffer-misc
6180 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6181 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6182 created and set.
6184 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6185 code like
6187 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6189 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6190 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6192 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6194 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6196 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6198 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6199 Empty the Desktop.
6200 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6201 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6202 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6204 \(fn)" t nil)
6206 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6207 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6208 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6209 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6210 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6212 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6214 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6215 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6216 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6218 \(fn)" t nil)
6220 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6221 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6222 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6223 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6224 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6225 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6226 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6227 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6229 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6231 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6232 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6233 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6235 \(fn)" nil nil)
6237 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6238 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6239 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6240 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6241 directory DIRNAME.
6243 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6245 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6246 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6248 \(fn)" t nil)
6250 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6251 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6253 \(fn)" t nil)
6255 ;;;***
6257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6258 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6259 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6262 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6263 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6264 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6265 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6266 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6267 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6269 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6271 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6272 Repair a broken attribution line.
6273 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6275 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6277 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6278 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6279 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6280 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6282 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6284 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6285 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6287 \(fn)" t nil)
6289 ;;;***
6291 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6292 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20530 32124 97707 678000))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6295 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6296 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6297 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6298 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6299 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6303 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6304 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6305 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6306 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6308 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6309 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6310 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6311 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6313 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6314 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6316 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6317 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6318 calendar-date-style 'european
6319 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6321 \(diary-mail-entries)
6323 # diary-rem.el ends here
6325 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6327 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6328 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6330 \(fn)" t nil)
6332 ;;;***
6334 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6335 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
6336 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6338 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6339 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6341 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6343 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6344 The command to use to run diff.")
6346 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6348 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6349 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6350 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6351 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6352 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6353 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6355 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6356 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6357 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6359 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6361 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6362 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6363 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6364 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6365 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6366 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6368 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6370 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6371 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6372 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6374 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6376 ;;;***
6378 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6379 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
6380 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6382 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6383 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6384 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6385 normal diffs.
6387 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6388 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6389 headers for you on-the-fly.
6391 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6392 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6393 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6395 \\{diff-mode-map}
6397 \(fn)" t nil)
6399 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6400 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6401 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6402 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6403 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6405 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6409 ;;;***
6411 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6412 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6414 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6415 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6416 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6418 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6420 ;;;***
6422 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6423 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20539 18737
6424 ;;;;;; 159373 0))
6425 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6427 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6428 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6429 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6430 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6431 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6432 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6433 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6434 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6436 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6438 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6439 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6440 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6441 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6442 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6443 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6445 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6446 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6447 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6448 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6449 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6450 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6451 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6452 list of files to make directory entries for.
6453 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6454 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6455 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6457 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6459 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6460 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6462 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6463 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6465 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6466 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6468 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6469 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6471 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6473 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6474 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6476 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6478 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6479 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6480 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6481 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6482 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6483 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6484 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6485 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6486 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6487 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6488 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6489 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6490 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6491 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6492 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6493 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6494 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6495 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6496 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6497 to see why something went wrong.
6498 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6499 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6500 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6501 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6502 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6503 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6504 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6505 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6506 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6507 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6508 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6509 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6510 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6512 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6513 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6514 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6515 again for the directory tree.
6517 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6518 for more info):
6520 `dired-listing-switches'
6521 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6522 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6523 `dired-marker-char'
6524 `dired-del-marker'
6525 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6526 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6527 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6528 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6530 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6532 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6533 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6534 `dired-mode-hook'
6535 `dired-load-hook'
6537 Keybindings:
6538 \\{dired-mode-map}
6540 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6541 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6543 ;;;***
6545 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6546 ;;;;;; (20399 35365 4050 0))
6547 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6549 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6550 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6551 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6552 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6553 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6555 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6556 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6557 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6559 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6560 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6561 directory.
6563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6565 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6566 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6567 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6568 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6569 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6570 from `default-directory'.
6572 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6574 ;;;***
6576 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20497
6577 ;;;;;; 6436 957082 0))
6578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6580 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6581 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6582 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6583 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6584 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6585 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6587 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6589 ;;;***
6591 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6592 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6593 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6594 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6595 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6596 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6597 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6599 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6600 Return a new, empty display table.
6602 \(fn)" nil nil)
6604 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6605 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6606 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6607 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6608 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6610 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6612 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6613 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6614 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6615 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6616 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6618 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6620 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6621 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6623 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6625 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6626 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6628 \(fn)" t nil)
6630 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6631 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6633 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6634 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6636 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6637 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6638 byte.
6640 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6641 in the default way after this call.
6643 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6645 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6646 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6648 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6650 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6651 Display character C using printable string S.
6653 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6655 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6656 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6657 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6658 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6660 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6662 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6663 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6664 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6665 X frame.
6667 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6669 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6670 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6672 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6674 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6675 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6677 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6679 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6680 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6682 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6684 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6685 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6687 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6689 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6690 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6692 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6694 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6695 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6697 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6698 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6700 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6701 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6703 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6704 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6705 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6706 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6708 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6709 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6710 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6711 in `.emacs'.
6713 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6715 ;;;***
6717 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6718 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
6719 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6721 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6722 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6723 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6724 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6725 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6726 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6727 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6728 Default is 2.
6730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6732 ;;;***
6734 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20355 10021
6735 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
6736 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6738 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6739 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6740 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6741 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6742 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6743 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6744 private or ask).
6745 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6746 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6747 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6748 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6749 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6751 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6753 ;;;***
6755 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6756 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6759 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6760 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6761 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6762 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6763 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6764 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6765 table and its own syntax table.
6767 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6769 \(fn)" t nil)
6770 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6772 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6773 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6775 \(fn)" t nil)
6777 ;;;***
6779 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6780 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20476
6781 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
6782 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6784 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6785 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6786 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6787 OpenDocument format).
6789 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6791 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6792 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6794 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6795 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6797 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6798 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6799 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6801 \(fn)" t nil)
6803 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6804 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6805 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6806 to the next best mode.
6808 \(fn)" nil nil)
6810 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6811 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6812 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6813 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6814 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6816 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6820 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6823 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6825 ;;;***
6827 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20545 57511
6828 ;;;;;; 257469 0))
6829 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6831 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6832 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6834 \(fn)" t nil)
6836 ;;;***
6838 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20355 10021
6839 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
6840 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6842 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6843 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6844 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6845 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6846 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6848 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6849 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6853 ;;;***
6855 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20545 57511
6856 ;;;;;; 257469 0))
6857 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6859 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6860 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6862 \(fn)" t nil)
6864 ;;;***
6866 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6867 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6868 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20459 40320 865360 0))
6869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6871 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6873 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6874 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6875 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6876 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6877 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6879 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6880 Interactively with no prefix argument it toggles the mode.
6881 With a prefix argument, it enables the mode if the argument is
6882 positive and otherwise disables it. When called from Lisp, it
6883 enables the mode if the argument is omitted or nil, and toggles
6884 the mode if the argument is `toggle'. If DOC is nil this
6885 function adds a basic doc-string stating these facts.
6887 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6888 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6889 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6890 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6891 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6892 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6893 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6894 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6896 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6897 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6898 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6899 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6900 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6901 mode is global):
6903 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6904 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6905 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6906 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6907 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6908 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6909 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6910 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6911 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6912 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6913 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6914 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6915 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6916 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6917 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6918 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6919 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6920 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6921 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6922 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6923 the terms used in :variable).
6924 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6925 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6927 For example, you could write
6928 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6929 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6930 ...BODY CODE...)
6932 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6934 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6936 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6938 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6940 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6941 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6942 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6943 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6944 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6945 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6946 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6947 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6948 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6949 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6950 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6951 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6953 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6954 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6955 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6956 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6957 call another major mode in their body.
6959 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6961 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6963 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6964 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6965 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6966 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6967 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6968 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6969 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6971 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6973 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6974 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6975 :inherit Parent keymap.
6976 :group Ignored.
6977 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6978 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6980 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6982 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6983 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6984 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6985 the constant's documentation.
6987 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6989 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6990 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6991 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6993 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6995 ;;;***
6997 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6998 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20437
6999 ;;;;;; 50597 545250 0))
7000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7002 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7003 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7005 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7006 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7007 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7009 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7010 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7012 :filter FUNCTION
7014 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7015 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7017 :visible INCLUDE
7019 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7020 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7022 :active ENABLE
7024 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
7025 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7027 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7029 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7031 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7033 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7034 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7036 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7037 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7039 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7041 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7043 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7045 :keys KEYS
7047 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7048 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7049 computed automatically.
7050 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7052 :key-sequence KEYS
7054 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7055 menu item.
7056 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs's first display of
7057 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7058 keyboard equivalent.
7060 :active ENABLE
7062 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7063 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7065 :visible INCLUDE
7067 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7068 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7070 :label FORM
7072 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7073 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7075 :suffix FORM
7077 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7078 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7080 :style STYLE
7082 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7083 defined:
7085 toggle: A checkbox.
7086 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7087 radio: A radio button.
7088 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7089 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7090 menu bar itself.
7091 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7093 :selected SELECTED
7095 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7096 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7098 :help HELP
7100 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7102 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7103 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7104 as a solid horizontal line.
7106 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7108 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7110 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7112 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7115 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7117 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7118 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7119 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7120 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7122 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7124 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7125 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7126 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7127 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7128 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7129 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7131 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7132 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7133 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7135 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7136 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7137 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7139 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7140 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7142 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7144 ;;;***
7146 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7147 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7148 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7149 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7150 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7151 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7152 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7153 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20495 51111 757560 0))
7154 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7156 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7157 Customization for ebnf group.
7159 \(fn)" t nil)
7161 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7162 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7164 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7166 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7167 processed.
7169 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7171 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7173 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7174 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7176 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7177 killed after process termination.
7179 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7181 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7183 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7186 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7187 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7188 it to the printer.
7190 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7191 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7192 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7193 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7195 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7199 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7201 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7203 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7204 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7206 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7208 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7209 processed.
7211 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7213 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7215 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7216 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7218 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7219 killed after process termination.
7221 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7223 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7225 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7226 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7227 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7228 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7230 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7232 \(fn)" t nil)
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7236 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7238 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7240 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7242 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7243 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7245 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7247 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7248 processed.
7250 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7252 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7254 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7255 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7257 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7258 killed after EPS generation.
7260 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7262 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7264 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7265 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7267 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7268 The EPS file name has the following form:
7270 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7272 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7273 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7275 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7276 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7277 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7278 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7279 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7281 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7282 files.
7284 \(fn)" t nil)
7286 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7287 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7289 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7290 The EPS file name has the following form:
7292 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7294 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7295 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7297 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7298 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7299 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7300 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7301 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7303 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7304 files.
7306 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7308 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7310 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7311 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7313 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7315 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7316 are processed.
7318 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7320 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7322 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7323 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7325 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7326 killed after syntax checking.
7328 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7330 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7332 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7333 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7337 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7338 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7340 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7342 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7343 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7345 \(fn)" nil nil)
7347 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7348 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7350 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7352 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7355 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7357 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7359 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7361 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7362 Delete style NAME.
7364 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7366 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7368 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7369 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7371 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7373 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7376 Set STYLE as the current style.
7378 Returns the old style symbol.
7380 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7382 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7384 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7385 Reset current style.
7387 Returns the old style symbol.
7389 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7391 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7393 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7394 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7396 Returns the old style symbol.
7398 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7400 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7402 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7404 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7405 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7407 Returns the old style symbol.
7409 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7411 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7413 \(fn)" t nil)
7415 ;;;***
7417 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7418 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7419 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7420 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7421 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7422 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7423 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7424 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7425 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7426 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7427 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20478
7428 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
7429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7431 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7432 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7433 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7434 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7435 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7436 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7438 Tree mode key bindings:
7439 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7443 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7444 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7446 \(fn)" t nil)
7448 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7449 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7451 \(fn)" t nil)
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7454 View declaration of member at point.
7456 \(fn)" t nil)
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7459 Find declaration of member at point.
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7464 View definition of member at point.
7466 \(fn)" t nil)
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7469 Find definition of member at point.
7471 \(fn)" t nil)
7473 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7474 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7476 \(fn)" t nil)
7478 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7479 View definition of member at point in other window.
7481 \(fn)" t nil)
7483 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7484 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7486 \(fn)" t nil)
7488 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7489 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7491 \(fn)" t nil)
7493 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7494 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7496 \(fn)" t nil)
7498 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7499 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7501 \(fn)" t nil)
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7504 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7505 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7506 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7507 completion.
7509 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7512 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7513 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7514 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7516 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7519 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7520 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7521 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7523 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7525 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7526 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7527 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7529 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7531 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7532 Search for call sites of a member.
7533 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7534 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7535 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7536 looks like a function call to the member.
7538 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7540 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7541 Move backward in the position stack.
7542 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7544 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7546 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7547 Move forward in the position stack.
7548 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7550 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7552 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7553 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7555 \(fn)" t nil)
7557 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7558 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7560 \(fn)" t nil)
7562 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7563 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7564 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7565 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7567 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7569 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7570 Display statistics for a class tree.
7572 \(fn)" t nil)
7574 ;;;***
7576 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7577 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7580 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7581 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7582 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7583 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7584 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7585 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7586 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7588 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7590 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7591 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7592 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7593 also has this effect.
7594 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7595 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7596 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7597 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7598 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7599 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7600 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7601 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7602 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7603 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7605 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7607 ;;;***
7609 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7610 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
7611 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7613 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7614 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7615 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7617 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7619 ;;;***
7621 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7622 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
7623 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7625 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7628 \(fn)" nil nil)
7630 ;;;***
7632 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20355 10021
7633 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
7634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7636 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7637 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7638 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7639 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7640 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7641 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7643 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7645 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7646 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7647 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7648 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7649 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7651 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7652 an EDE controlled project.
7654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7656 ;;;***
7658 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7659 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7660 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
7661 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7663 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7664 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7665 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7666 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7667 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7669 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7670 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7671 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7672 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7674 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7676 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7677 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7678 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7679 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7681 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7683 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7684 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7685 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7686 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7688 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7690 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7692 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7693 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7694 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7695 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7696 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7698 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7699 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7700 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7701 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7702 instrumented for Edebug.
7704 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7705 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7706 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7707 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7708 already is one.)
7710 \(fn)" t nil)
7712 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7713 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7715 \(fn)" t nil)
7717 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7718 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7720 \(fn)" t nil)
7722 ;;;***
7724 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7725 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7726 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7727 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7728 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7729 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7730 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7731 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7732 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7733 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20495 51111
7734 ;;;;;; 757560 0))
7735 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7737 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7738 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7740 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7742 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7743 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7745 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7747 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7749 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7751 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7752 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7753 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7754 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7756 \(fn)" t nil)
7758 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7759 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7760 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7761 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7763 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7765 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7768 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7770 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7772 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7773 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7775 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7777 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7779 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7780 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7781 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7782 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7784 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7786 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7788 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7789 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7790 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7791 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7793 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7795 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7797 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7798 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7799 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7800 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7802 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7804 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7806 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7807 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7808 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7809 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7811 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7813 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7815 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7816 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7817 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7818 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7819 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7820 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7822 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7824 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7825 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7826 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7827 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7829 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7831 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7833 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7834 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7835 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7836 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7838 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7840 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7842 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7844 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7845 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7846 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7847 follows:
7848 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7849 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7851 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7853 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7854 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7855 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7856 follows:
7857 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7858 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7860 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7862 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7863 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7864 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7865 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7866 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7868 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7870 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7871 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7872 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7873 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7874 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7875 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7877 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7879 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7881 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7882 Merge two files without ancestor.
7884 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7886 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7887 Merge two files with ancestor.
7889 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7891 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7893 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7894 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7896 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7898 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7899 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7901 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7903 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7904 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7905 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7906 buffer.
7908 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7910 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7911 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7912 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7913 buffer.
7915 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7917 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7918 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7919 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7920 and don't ask the user.
7921 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7922 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7924 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7926 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7927 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7928 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7929 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7930 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7931 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7932 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7933 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7935 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7937 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7939 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7941 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7942 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7943 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7944 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7945 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7947 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7949 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7951 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7952 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7953 When called interactively, displays the version.
7955 \(fn)" t nil)
7957 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7958 Display Ediff's manual.
7959 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7961 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7963 ;;;***
7965 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7966 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
7967 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7969 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7972 \(fn)" t nil)
7974 ;;;***
7976 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7977 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
7978 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7980 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7981 Display Ediff's registry.
7983 \(fn)" t nil)
7985 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7987 ;;;***
7989 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7990 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
7991 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7993 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7994 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7995 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7996 which see.
7998 \(fn)" t nil)
8000 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8001 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8002 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8003 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8005 \(fn)" t nil)
8007 ;;;***
8009 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8010 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8011 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
8012 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8014 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8015 Edit a keyboard macro.
8016 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8017 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8018 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8019 its command name.
8020 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8022 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8024 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8025 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8027 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8029 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8030 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8032 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8034 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8035 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8036 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8037 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8038 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8039 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8041 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8042 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8043 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8044 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8046 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8048 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8049 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8050 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8051 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8052 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8053 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8055 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8057 ;;;***
8059 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8060 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20448 20900 17488 0))
8061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8063 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8064 Set scroll margins.
8065 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8066 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8068 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8070 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8071 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8073 \(fn)" t nil)
8075 ;;;***
8077 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8078 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
8079 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8081 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8082 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8083 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8084 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8085 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8086 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8087 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8089 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8090 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8092 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8093 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8094 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8095 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8097 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8098 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8099 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8101 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8102 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8103 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8105 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8107 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8110 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8112 ;;;***
8114 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8115 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8118 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8119 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8121 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8123 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8124 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8125 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8126 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8127 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8129 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8130 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8131 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8132 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8133 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8134 expression point is on.
8136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8138 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8139 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8141 \(fn)" t nil)
8143 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8144 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8145 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8146 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8147 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8148 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8149 arg list.
8151 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8152 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8153 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8154 effect.
8156 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8157 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8159 ;;;***
8161 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8162 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20481 18215 64245 0))
8163 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8165 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8166 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8168 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8169 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8170 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8171 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8172 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8173 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8175 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8177 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8178 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8179 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8180 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8181 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8183 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8184 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8185 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8189 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8190 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8191 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8192 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8193 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8194 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8196 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8198 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8199 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8200 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8201 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8202 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8204 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8205 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8206 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8208 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8212 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8213 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8214 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8217 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8219 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8221 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8222 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8226 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8230 ;;;***
8232 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20355
8233 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
8234 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8236 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8237 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8239 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8240 an elided material again.
8242 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8246 ;;;***
8248 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8249 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8250 ;;;;;; (20486 36135 22104 0))
8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8253 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8254 Lint the file FILE.
8256 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8258 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8259 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8260 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8262 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8264 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8265 Lint the current buffer.
8266 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8268 \(fn)" t nil)
8270 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8271 Lint the function at point.
8272 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8274 \(fn)" t nil)
8276 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8277 Initialize elint.
8278 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8279 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8281 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8283 ;;;***
8285 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8286 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20497
8287 ;;;;;; 6436 957082 0))
8288 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8290 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8291 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8292 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8294 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8296 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8297 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8298 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8299 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8301 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8303 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8304 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8305 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8307 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8309 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8311 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8312 Display current profiling results.
8313 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8314 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8315 displayed.
8317 \(fn)" t nil)
8319 ;;;***
8321 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8322 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
8323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8325 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8326 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8327 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8328 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8329 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8330 ARG is omitted or nil.
8332 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8333 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8334 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8335 used instead.
8337 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8339 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8340 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8341 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8343 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8347 ;;;***
8349 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8350 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
8351 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8353 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8354 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8355 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8357 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8359 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8360 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8361 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8363 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8365 ;;;***
8367 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8368 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8369 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8370 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8371 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8372 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8374 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8375 Run Emerge on two files.
8377 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8379 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8380 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8382 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8384 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8385 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8387 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8389 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8390 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8392 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8394 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8397 \(fn)" nil nil)
8399 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8402 \(fn)" nil nil)
8404 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8407 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8409 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8412 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8414 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8415 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8417 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8419 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8420 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8422 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8424 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8427 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8429 ;;;***
8431 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8432 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20461 32935 300400 0))
8433 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8435 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8436 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8437 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8438 text/enriched format.
8440 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8441 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8442 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8444 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8446 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8447 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8449 Commands:
8451 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8455 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8458 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8460 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8463 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8465 ;;;***
8467 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8468 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8469 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8470 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8471 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8472 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20434
8473 ;;;;;; 17809 692608 0))
8474 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8476 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8477 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8479 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8481 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8482 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8484 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8486 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8487 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8488 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8489 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8490 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8491 the keys are listed.
8492 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8494 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8496 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8497 Decrypt FILE.
8499 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8501 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8502 Verify FILE.
8504 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8506 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8507 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8509 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8511 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8512 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8514 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8516 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8517 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8519 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8520 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8521 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8522 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8524 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8525 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8526 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8527 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8528 should consider using the string based counterpart
8529 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8530 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8532 For example:
8534 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8535 (decode-coding-string
8536 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8537 'utf-8))
8539 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8541 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8542 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8544 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8545 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8547 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8549 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8550 Verify the current region between START and END.
8552 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8553 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8554 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8555 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8556 should consider using the string based counterpart
8557 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8558 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8560 For example:
8562 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8563 (decode-coding-string
8564 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8565 'utf-8))
8567 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8569 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8570 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8571 between START and END.
8573 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8574 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8576 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8578 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8579 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8581 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8582 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8583 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8584 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8585 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8586 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8588 For example:
8590 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8591 (epg-sign-string
8592 context
8593 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8595 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8597 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8598 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8600 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8601 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8602 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8603 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8604 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8605 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8607 For example:
8609 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8610 (epg-encrypt-string
8611 context
8612 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8613 nil))
8615 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8617 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8618 Delete selected KEYS.
8620 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8622 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8623 Import keys from FILE.
8625 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8627 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8628 Import keys from the region.
8630 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8632 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8633 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8634 between START and END.
8636 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8638 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8639 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8641 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8643 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8644 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8646 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8648 ;;;***
8650 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8651 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20355 10021
8652 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
8653 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8655 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8656 Decrypt marked files.
8658 \(fn)" t nil)
8660 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8661 Verify marked files.
8663 \(fn)" t nil)
8665 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8666 Sign marked files.
8668 \(fn)" t nil)
8670 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8671 Encrypt marked files.
8673 \(fn)" t nil)
8675 ;;;***
8677 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8678 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8681 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8684 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8686 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8689 \(fn)" t nil)
8691 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8694 \(fn)" t nil)
8696 ;;;***
8698 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8699 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8700 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8701 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8703 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8704 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8705 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8706 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8707 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8711 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8712 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8713 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8715 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8717 \(fn)" t nil)
8719 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8720 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8721 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8723 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8725 \(fn)" t nil)
8727 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8728 Sign the current buffer.
8729 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8731 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8733 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8735 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8736 Encrypt the current buffer.
8737 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8739 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8741 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8743 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8744 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8745 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8747 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8749 \(fn)" t nil)
8751 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8752 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8753 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8755 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8756 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8758 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8760 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8761 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8762 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8763 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8764 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8768 ;;;***
8770 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20355 10021
8771 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
8772 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8774 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8775 Return a context object.
8777 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8779 ;;;***
8781 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8782 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20373 11301 906925 0))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8785 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8786 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8788 \(fn)" nil nil)
8790 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8791 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8793 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8795 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8796 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8798 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8800 ;;;***
8802 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8803 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20530 32114 546307 0))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8806 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8807 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8809 \(fn)" nil nil)
8811 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8812 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8813 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8815 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8817 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8818 (server (erc-compute-server))
8819 (port (erc-compute-port))
8820 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8821 password
8822 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8824 That is, if called with
8826 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8828 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8829 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8830 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8832 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8834 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8836 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8837 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8838 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8840 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8842 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8843 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8844 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8845 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8847 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8849 ;;;***
8851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20355
8852 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8854 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8856 ;;;***
8858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20434 17809
8859 ;;;;;; 692608 0))
8860 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8861 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8863 ;;;***
8865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20355 10021
8866 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
8867 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8868 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8870 ;;;***
8872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20355 10021
8873 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8875 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8877 ;;;***
8879 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8880 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8882 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8884 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8885 Parser for /dcc command.
8886 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8887 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8888 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8890 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8892 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8893 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8895 \(fn)" nil nil)
8897 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8898 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8900 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8901 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8902 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8903 that subcommand.
8905 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8907 ;;;***
8909 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8910 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8911 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8912 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8913 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
8914 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8916 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8917 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8919 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8921 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8922 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8923 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8924 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8926 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8928 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8931 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8933 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8934 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8936 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8938 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8939 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8941 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8943 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8944 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8946 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8948 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8949 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8951 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8953 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8954 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8956 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8958 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8959 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8961 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8963 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8964 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8966 \(fn)" nil nil)
8968 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8969 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8971 \(fn)" nil nil)
8973 ;;;***
8975 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20355
8976 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
8977 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8978 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8980 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8981 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8982 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8984 \(fn)" nil nil)
8986 ;;;***
8988 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8989 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8991 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8993 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8994 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8995 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8996 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8997 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8998 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8999 system.
9001 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9003 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9006 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9008 ;;;***
9010 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9011 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
9012 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9014 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9017 \(fn)" nil nil)
9019 ;;;***
9021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20532 45476 981297
9022 ;;;;;; 0))
9023 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9024 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9026 ;;;***
9028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20355 10021 546955
9029 ;;;;;; 0))
9030 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9031 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9033 ;;;***
9035 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9036 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9038 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9040 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9041 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9042 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9043 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9044 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9045 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9047 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9049 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9050 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9051 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9052 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9054 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9055 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9056 automatically.
9058 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9059 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9061 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9063 ;;;***
9065 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9066 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9067 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9068 ;;;;;; (20531 24613 995935 0))
9069 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9070 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9072 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9073 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9075 \(fn)" t nil)
9077 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9078 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9080 \(fn)" t nil)
9082 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9083 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9085 \(fn)" t nil)
9087 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9088 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9090 \(fn)" t nil)
9092 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9093 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9095 \(fn)" t nil)
9097 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9098 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9100 \(fn)" t nil)
9102 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9103 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9105 \(fn)" t nil)
9107 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9108 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9110 \(fn)" t nil)
9112 ;;;***
9114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20355 10021 546955
9115 ;;;;;; 0))
9116 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9117 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9119 ;;;***
9121 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9122 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9124 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9126 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9127 Show who's gone.
9129 \(fn)" nil nil)
9131 ;;;***
9133 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9134 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9137 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9138 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9139 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9140 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9142 \(fn)" nil nil)
9144 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9145 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9147 \(fn)" t nil)
9149 ;;;***
9151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notifications" "erc/erc-notifications.el"
9152 ;;;;;; (20491 54052 900109 0))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notifications.el
9154 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-notifications" "" t)
9156 ;;;***
9158 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9159 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
9160 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9161 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9163 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9164 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9165 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9166 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9168 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9170 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9173 \(fn)" nil nil)
9175 ;;;***
9177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20355 10021 546955
9178 ;;;;;; 0))
9179 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9180 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9182 ;;;***
9184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20355
9185 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9187 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9189 ;;;***
9191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20355 10021
9192 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
9193 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9194 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9196 ;;;***
9198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20355 10021 546955
9199 ;;;;;; 0))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9201 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9203 ;;;***
9205 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9206 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20357 58785 834364
9207 ;;;;;; 0))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9209 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9211 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9212 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9214 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9216 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9217 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9218 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9220 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9222 ;;;***
9224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20355 10021
9225 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
9226 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9227 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9229 ;;;***
9231 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9232 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9235 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9236 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9237 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9239 \(fn)" t nil)
9241 ;;;***
9243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20355
9244 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
9245 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9246 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9248 ;;;***
9250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20434 17809
9251 ;;;;;; 692608 0))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9253 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9255 ;;;***
9257 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9258 ;;;;;; (20427 14766 970343 0))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9261 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9262 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9263 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9265 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9267 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9268 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9270 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9271 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9273 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9274 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9275 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9276 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9279 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9281 ;;;***
9283 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9284 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20355 10021 546955
9285 ;;;;;; 0))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9287 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9289 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9290 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9291 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9292 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9294 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9296 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9297 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9298 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9300 \(fn)" t nil)
9302 ;;;***
9304 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9305 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9307 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9309 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9310 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9312 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9314 ;;;***
9316 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9317 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9318 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9321 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9322 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9324 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9325 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9327 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9328 assertions in BODY.
9330 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9332 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9333 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9334 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9336 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9338 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9340 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9342 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9343 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9345 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9346 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9347 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9348 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9350 Returns the stats object.
9352 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9354 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9355 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9357 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9358 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9359 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9360 the tests).
9362 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9364 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9365 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9367 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9368 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9369 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9370 and how to display message.
9372 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9374 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9376 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9377 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9379 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9381 ;;;***
9383 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9384 ;;;;;; (20364 28960 773408 688000))
9385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9387 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9389 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9390 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9392 \(fn)" t nil)
9394 ;;;***
9396 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20523
9397 ;;;;;; 62082 997685 0))
9398 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9400 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9401 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9403 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9405 \(fn)" nil nil)
9407 ;;;***
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9410 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9413 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9414 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9415 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9416 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9417 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9418 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9419 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9420 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9421 buffer selected (or created).
9423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9425 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9426 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9427 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9429 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9431 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9432 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9433 The result might be any Lisp object.
9434 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9435 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9436 corresponding to a successful execution.
9438 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9440 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9442 ;;;***
9444 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9445 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9446 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9447 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9448 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9449 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9450 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9451 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
9452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9454 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9455 File name of tags table.
9456 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9457 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9458 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9459 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9460 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9462 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9463 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9464 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9465 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9467 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9469 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9470 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9471 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9472 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9473 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9474 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9476 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9478 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9479 List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9480 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9481 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9482 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9483 `auto-compression-mode').")
9485 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9487 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9488 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9489 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9490 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9491 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9493 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9495 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9496 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9497 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9498 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9500 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9502 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9503 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9504 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9505 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9506 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9508 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9510 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9511 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9513 \(fn)" t nil)
9515 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9516 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9517 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9518 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9520 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9521 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9522 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9523 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9524 file the tag was in.
9526 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9528 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9529 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9530 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9531 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9532 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9533 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9534 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9535 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9536 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9538 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9540 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9541 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9542 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9543 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9544 without directory names.
9546 \(fn)" nil nil)
9547 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9548 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9549 (progn
9550 (load "etags")
9551 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9553 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9554 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9555 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9556 but does not select the buffer.
9557 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9559 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9560 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9561 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9562 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9563 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9565 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9567 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9568 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9569 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9571 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9573 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9575 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9576 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9577 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9578 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9580 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9581 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9582 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9583 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9584 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9586 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9588 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9589 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9590 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9592 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9594 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9595 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9597 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9598 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9599 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9600 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9601 around or before point.
9603 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9604 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9605 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9606 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9607 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9609 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9611 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9612 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9613 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9615 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9617 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9618 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9620 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9621 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9622 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9623 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9624 around or before point.
9626 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9627 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9628 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9629 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9630 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9632 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9634 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9635 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9636 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9638 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9640 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9641 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9643 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9644 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9645 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9647 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9648 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9649 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9650 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9651 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9653 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9655 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9656 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9657 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9659 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9661 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9662 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9663 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9665 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9666 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9668 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9669 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9670 where they were found.
9672 \(fn)" t nil)
9674 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9675 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9677 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9678 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9679 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9681 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9682 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9684 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9685 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9687 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9689 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9690 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9691 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9692 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9694 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9695 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9696 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9697 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9698 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9700 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9701 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9703 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9704 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9705 Stops when a match is found.
9706 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9708 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9709 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9710 restricted to these files.
9712 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9714 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9716 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9717 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9718 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9719 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9720 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9721 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9722 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9723 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9725 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9726 produce the list of files to search.
9728 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9730 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9732 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9733 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9734 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9735 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9736 directory specification.
9738 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9740 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9741 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9743 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9745 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9746 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9747 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9748 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9750 \(fn)" t nil)
9752 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9753 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9754 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9755 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9756 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9758 \(fn)" t nil)
9760 ;;;***
9762 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9763 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9764 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9765 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9766 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9767 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9768 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9769 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
9770 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9772 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9775 \(fn)" nil nil)
9777 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9778 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9780 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9781 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9783 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9784 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9785 primary language.
9787 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9788 even if the buffer is read-only.
9790 See also the descriptions of the variables
9791 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9793 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9795 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9796 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9798 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9799 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9801 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9802 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9803 primary language.
9805 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9806 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9808 See also the descriptions of the variables
9809 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9811 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9813 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9814 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9815 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9816 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9818 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9820 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9821 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9822 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9823 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9825 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9826 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9827 primary language.
9829 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9830 buffer is read-only.
9832 See also the descriptions of the variables
9833 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9834 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9836 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9838 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9839 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9841 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9842 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9844 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9845 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9846 the primary language.
9848 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9849 buffer is read-only.
9851 See also the descriptions of the variables
9852 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9853 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9855 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9857 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9858 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9859 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9861 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9863 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9864 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9866 \(fn)" t nil)
9868 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9869 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9871 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9872 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9873 be 1, 2, or 3.
9875 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9876 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9877 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9879 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9881 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9883 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9884 This function is deprecated.
9886 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9888 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9889 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9891 \(fn)" t nil)
9893 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9894 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9896 \(fn)" t nil)
9898 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9899 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9901 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9902 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9904 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9905 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9907 \(fn)" nil nil)
9909 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9910 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9912 \(fn)" nil nil)
9914 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9915 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9917 \(fn)" nil nil)
9919 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9920 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9922 \(fn)" nil nil)
9924 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9925 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9926 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9928 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9930 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9933 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9935 ;;;***
9937 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9938 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9939 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
9940 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9942 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9943 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9944 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9945 server for future sessions.
9947 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9949 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9950 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9951 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9953 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9955 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9956 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9957 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9959 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9961 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9962 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9963 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9964 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9965 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9966 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9967 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9968 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9969 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9970 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9971 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9972 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9974 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9976 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9977 Display a form to query the directory server.
9978 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9979 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9981 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9983 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9984 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9985 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9987 \(fn)" t nil)
9989 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9991 ;;;***
9993 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9994 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9995 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
9996 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9998 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9999 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10001 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10003 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10004 Display URL and make it clickable.
10006 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10008 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10009 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10011 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10013 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10014 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10016 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10018 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10019 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10021 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10023 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10024 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10026 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10028 ;;;***
10030 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10031 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10034 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10035 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10036 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10038 \(fn)" t nil)
10040 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10041 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10043 \(fn)" t nil)
10045 ;;;***
10047 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10048 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
10049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10051 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10052 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10054 \(fn)" t nil)
10056 ;;;***
10058 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20453
10059 ;;;;;; 5437 764254 0))
10060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10062 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10063 Create an empty ewoc.
10065 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10067 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10068 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10069 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10070 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10071 `insert-before-markers'.
10073 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10074 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10075 respectively, of the ewoc.
10077 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10078 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10079 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10081 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10083 ;;;***
10085 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10086 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10087 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10088 ;;;;;; (20533 6181 437016 717000))
10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10091 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10092 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10093 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10095 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10097 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10098 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10099 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10100 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10101 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10103 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10105 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10106 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10107 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10108 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10109 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10110 executable.
10112 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10114 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10115 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10116 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10118 \(fn)" t nil)
10120 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10121 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10122 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10123 file modes.
10125 \(fn)" nil nil)
10127 ;;;***
10129 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10130 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10131 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
10132 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10134 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10135 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10136 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10137 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10139 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10141 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10142 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10143 to generate such functions.
10145 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10146 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10147 beginning of the expanded text.
10149 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10150 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10151 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10152 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10154 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10156 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10158 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10159 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10160 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10162 \(fn)" nil nil)
10164 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10165 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10166 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10168 \(fn)" t nil)
10170 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10171 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10172 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10174 \(fn)" t nil)
10175 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10176 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10178 ;;;***
10180 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20461 32935
10181 ;;;;;; 300400 0))
10182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10184 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10185 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10186 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10188 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10189 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10190 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10192 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10194 Key definitions:
10195 \\{f90-mode-map}
10197 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10199 `f90-do-indent'
10200 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10201 `f90-if-indent'
10202 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10203 `f90-type-indent'
10204 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10205 `f90-program-indent'
10206 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10207 (default 2).
10208 `f90-associate-indent'
10209 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10210 `f90-critical-indent'
10211 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10212 `f90-continuation-indent'
10213 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10214 `f90-comment-region'
10215 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10216 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10217 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10218 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10219 (default \"!\").
10220 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10221 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10222 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10223 `f90-break-delimiters'
10224 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10225 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10226 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10227 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10228 (default t).
10229 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10230 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10231 `f90-smart-end'
10232 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10233 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10234 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10235 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10236 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10237 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10238 `f90-leave-line-no'
10239 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10241 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10242 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10244 \(fn)" t nil)
10246 ;;;***
10248 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10249 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10250 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10251 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20476
10252 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
10253 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10255 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10256 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10257 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10258 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10260 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10261 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10262 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10263 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10264 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10266 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10267 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10268 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10269 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10270 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10271 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10272 attributes.
10274 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10275 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10277 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10279 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10280 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10281 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10282 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10284 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10286 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10287 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10288 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10289 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10291 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10292 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10293 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10295 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10296 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10297 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10298 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10300 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10302 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10303 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10304 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10306 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10307 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10308 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10309 the same amount).
10311 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10313 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10314 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10315 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10317 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10318 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10319 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10320 will remove any scaling currently active.
10322 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10324 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10325 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10326 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10328 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10329 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10330 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10331 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10332 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10334 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10335 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10337 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10338 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10340 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10341 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10342 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10344 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10345 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10346 is one of the above.
10348 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10349 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10350 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10351 will remove any scaling currently active.
10353 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10354 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10355 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10356 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10357 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10359 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10361 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10362 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10363 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10364 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10365 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10366 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10370 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10371 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10372 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10373 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10374 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10375 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10376 `buffer-face-mode'.
10378 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10379 local, and sets it to FACE.
10381 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10383 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10384 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10385 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10386 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10387 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10388 `face' text property.
10390 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10391 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10392 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10393 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10395 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10396 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10398 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10400 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10401 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10402 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10403 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10407 ;;;***
10409 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10410 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10411 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20501 3499
10412 ;;;;;; 284800 0))
10413 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10415 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10416 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10417 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10418 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10420 \(fn)" nil nil)
10422 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10423 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10427 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10428 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10429 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10430 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10434 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10435 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10436 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10437 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10438 backup file names and the like).
10440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10442 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10443 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10444 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10445 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10446 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10447 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10448 internally by feedmail):
10450 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10451 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10452 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10453 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10455 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10456 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10457 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10458 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10459 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10461 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10463 ;;;***
10465 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10466 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10467 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20542 46798 773957 0))
10468 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10470 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10471 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10472 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10473 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10474 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10475 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10476 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10478 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10480 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10481 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10482 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10483 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10484 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10485 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10486 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10488 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10490 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10492 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10493 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10494 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10495 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10496 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10497 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10499 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10501 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10502 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10503 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10504 Return value:
10505 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10506 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10507 * otherwise, nil
10509 \(fn E)" t nil)
10511 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10512 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10513 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10515 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10517 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10518 Try to get a file name at point.
10519 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10521 \(fn)" nil nil)
10523 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10524 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10526 \(fn)" t nil)
10528 ;;;***
10530 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10531 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10532 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10533 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10534 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10536 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10537 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10538 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10539 be added to the cache.
10541 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10543 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10544 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10545 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10546 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10547 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10549 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10551 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10552 Add FILE to the file cache.
10554 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10556 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10557 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10558 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10560 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10562 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10563 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10564 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10566 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10568 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10569 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10570 This function does not use any external programs.
10571 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10572 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10573 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10575 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10577 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10578 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10579 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10580 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10581 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10582 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10583 \(directories) is done.
10585 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10587 ;;;***
10589 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10590 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10591 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10592 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10593 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20355 10021
10594 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
10595 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10597 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10598 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10600 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10601 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10602 Local Variables list.
10604 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10605 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10606 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10608 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10610 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10611 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10613 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10615 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10616 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10618 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10619 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10620 the -*- line.
10622 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10623 then this function adds it.
10625 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10627 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10628 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10630 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10632 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10633 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10635 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10637 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10638 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10640 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10642 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10643 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10645 \(fn)" t nil)
10647 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10648 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10650 \(fn)" t nil)
10652 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10653 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10655 \(fn)" t nil)
10657 ;;;***
10659 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20476
10660 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
10661 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10663 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10664 Filesets initialization.
10665 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10667 \(fn)" nil nil)
10669 ;;;***
10671 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20355 10021
10672 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
10673 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10675 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10676 Initiate the building of a find command.
10677 For example:
10679 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10680 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10681 (mtime \"+1\"))
10682 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10684 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10685 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10687 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10689 ;;;***
10691 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10692 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10693 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10695 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10696 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10697 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10699 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10701 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10702 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10704 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10706 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10707 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10708 and run dired on those files.
10709 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10710 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10712 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10714 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10716 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10717 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10718 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10720 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10721 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10723 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10724 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10726 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10728 ;;;***
10730 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10731 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10732 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20387 44199 24128 0))
10733 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10735 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10736 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10737 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10738 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10739 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10740 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10741 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10743 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10745 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10746 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10747 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10749 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10751 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10753 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10755 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10756 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10757 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10759 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10760 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10762 Variables of interest include:
10764 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10765 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10766 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10768 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10769 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10770 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10772 - `ff-ignore-include'
10773 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10775 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10776 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10778 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10779 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10781 - `ff-special-constructs'
10782 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10783 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10784 extracting the filename from that construct.
10786 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10787 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10789 - `ff-search-directories'
10790 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10791 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10793 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10794 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10796 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10797 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10799 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10800 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10802 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10803 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10805 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10806 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10808 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10810 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10811 Visit the file you click on.
10813 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10815 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10816 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10818 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10820 ;;;***
10822 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10823 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10824 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10825 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10826 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10827 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10828 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20497 6436 957082 0))
10829 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10831 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10832 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10833 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10835 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10837 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10838 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10839 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10840 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10842 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10843 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10844 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10845 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10847 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10849 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10850 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10852 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10853 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10854 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10855 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10857 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10858 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10859 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10861 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10862 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10863 in `load-path'.
10865 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10867 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10868 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10870 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10871 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10872 places point before the definition.
10873 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10875 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10876 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10877 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10879 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10881 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10882 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10884 See `find-function' for more details.
10886 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10888 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10889 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10891 See `find-function' for more details.
10893 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10895 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10896 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10898 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10899 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10900 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10902 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10903 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10905 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10907 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10908 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10910 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10911 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10912 places point before the definition.
10914 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10916 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10917 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10918 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10920 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10922 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10923 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10925 See `find-variable' for more details.
10927 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10929 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10930 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10932 See `find-variable' for more details.
10934 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10936 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10937 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10938 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10939 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10940 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10941 buffer nor display it.
10943 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10944 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10946 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10948 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10949 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10951 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10952 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10953 places point before the definition.
10955 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10957 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10958 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10959 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10961 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10963 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10964 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10965 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10967 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10969 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10970 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10972 \(fn)" t nil)
10974 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10975 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10977 \(fn)" t nil)
10979 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10980 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10982 \(fn)" nil nil)
10984 ;;;***
10986 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10987 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20355 10021
10988 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10991 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10992 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10994 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10996 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10997 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10999 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11001 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11002 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11004 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11006 ;;;***
11008 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11009 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11010 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11012 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11013 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11015 \(fn)" t nil)
11017 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11018 Display FILE's commentary section.
11019 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11021 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11023 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11024 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11026 \(fn)" t nil)
11028 ;;;***
11030 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11031 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11034 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11035 Toggle flow control handling.
11036 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11037 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11039 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11041 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11042 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11043 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11044 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11045 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11046 to get the effect of a C-q.
11048 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11050 ;;;***
11052 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11053 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11056 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11059 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11061 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11064 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11066 ;;;***
11068 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11069 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20482 39076
11070 ;;;;;; 289170 0))
11071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11073 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11074 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11076 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11077 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11081 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11082 Turn flymake mode on.
11084 \(fn)" nil nil)
11086 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11087 Turn flymake mode off.
11089 \(fn)" nil nil)
11091 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11094 \(fn)" nil nil)
11096 ;;;***
11098 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11099 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11100 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20434 17809 692608 0))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11103 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11104 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11106 \(fn)" t nil)
11107 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11109 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11110 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11112 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11113 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11115 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11116 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11117 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11119 Bindings:
11120 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11121 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11122 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11123 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11125 Hooks:
11126 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11128 Remark:
11129 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11130 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11131 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11133 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11134 consider adding:
11135 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11136 in your .emacs file.
11138 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11139 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11143 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11144 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11146 \(fn)" nil nil)
11148 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11149 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11151 \(fn)" nil nil)
11153 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11154 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11156 \(fn)" nil nil)
11158 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11159 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11161 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11163 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11164 Flyspell whole buffer.
11166 \(fn)" t nil)
11168 ;;;***
11170 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11171 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11172 ;;;;;; (20501 3499 284800 0))
11173 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11175 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11176 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11178 \(fn)" nil nil)
11180 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11181 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11183 \(fn)" nil nil)
11185 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11186 Toggle Follow mode.
11187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11189 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11191 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11192 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11194 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11195 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11196 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11198 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11199 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11200 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11201 movement commands.
11203 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11204 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11205 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11206 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11207 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11208 mileage may vary).
11210 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11211 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11213 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11215 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11217 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11218 \\{follow-mode-map}
11220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11222 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11223 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11225 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11226 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11227 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11228 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11229 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11230 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11232 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11233 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11234 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11238 ;;;***
11240 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20478
11241 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
11242 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11244 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11245 Toggle Footnote mode.
11246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11247 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11250 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11251 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11252 play around with the following keys:
11253 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11257 ;;;***
11259 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11260 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20427 14766 970343 0))
11261 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11263 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11264 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11266 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11267 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11268 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11269 C-c < forms-first-record <
11270 C-c > forms-last-record >
11271 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11272 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11273 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11274 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11275 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11276 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11277 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11278 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11279 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11280 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11282 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11284 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11285 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11287 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11289 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11290 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11292 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11294 ;;;***
11296 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11297 ;;;;;; (20438 24024 724594 589000))
11298 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11300 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11301 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11302 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11304 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11305 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11307 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11309 Key definitions:
11310 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11312 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11314 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11315 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11316 `fortran-do-indent'
11317 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11318 `fortran-if-indent'
11319 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11320 `fortran-structure-indent'
11321 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11322 (default 3)
11323 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11324 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11325 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11326 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11327 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11328 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11329 nil don't change the indentation
11330 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11331 value of either
11332 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11333 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11334 depending on the continuation format in use.
11335 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11336 indentation for a line of code.
11337 (default 'fixed)
11338 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11339 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11340 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11341 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11342 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11343 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11344 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11345 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11346 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11347 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11348 column 5.
11349 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11350 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11351 statements (default nil).
11352 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11353 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11354 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11355 `fortran-continuation-string'
11356 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11357 line (default \"$\").
11358 `fortran-comment-region'
11359 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11360 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11361 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11362 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11363 as typed (default t).
11364 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11365 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11367 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11368 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11370 \(fn)" t nil)
11372 ;;;***
11374 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11375 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20355 10021
11376 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11379 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11380 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11382 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11383 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11385 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11387 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11388 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11390 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11391 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11393 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11395 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11396 Compile fortune file.
11398 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11399 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11401 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11403 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11404 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11406 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11407 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11408 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11409 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11411 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11413 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11414 Display a fortune cookie.
11415 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11416 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11417 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11418 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11420 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11422 ;;;***
11424 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11425 ;;;;;; (20537 63402 936234 0))
11426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11428 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11429 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11430 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11432 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11434 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11435 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11436 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11437 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11438 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11439 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11440 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11444 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11445 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11446 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11447 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11449 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11450 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11451 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11452 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11453 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11455 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11456 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11457 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11458 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11460 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11461 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11462 shown in some of the buffers.
11464 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11466 The following commands help control operation :
11468 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11469 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11471 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11472 detailed description of this mode.
11475 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11476 | GDB Toolbar |
11477 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11478 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11479 | | |
11480 | | |
11481 | | |
11482 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11483 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11484 | | (comint-mode) |
11485 | | |
11486 | | |
11487 | | |
11488 | | |
11489 | | |
11490 | | |
11491 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11492 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11493 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11494 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11495 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11496 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11498 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11500 ;;;***
11502 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11503 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20406
11504 ;;;;;; 8611 875037 0))
11505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11507 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11508 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11509 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11510 instead (which see).")
11512 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11513 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11515 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11516 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11517 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11518 documentation string instead.
11520 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11521 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11522 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11523 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11524 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11525 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11526 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11527 enders are actually possible.
11529 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11530 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11532 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11533 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11534 `font-lock-keywords'.
11536 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11537 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11538 runs the macro expansion.
11540 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11541 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11542 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11544 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11546 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11548 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11550 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11552 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11553 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11555 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11557 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11558 Enter generic mode MODE.
11560 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11561 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11562 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11564 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11565 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11567 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11569 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11570 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11571 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11572 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11573 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11574 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11575 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11576 `font-lock-keywords'.
11578 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11580 ;;;***
11582 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11583 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
11584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11586 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11587 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11589 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11590 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11591 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11595 ;;;***
11597 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11598 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11599 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11600 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11602 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11603 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11604 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11606 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11608 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11609 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11611 Guideline for numbers:
11612 1 - error messages
11613 3 - non-serious error messages
11614 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11615 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11616 9 - messages inside loops.
11618 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11620 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11621 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11622 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11624 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11626 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11627 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11629 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11631 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11632 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11634 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11635 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11636 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11637 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11638 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11639 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11641 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11642 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11643 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11644 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11645 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11647 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11649 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11651 ;;;***
11653 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11654 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20503 45225
11655 ;;;;;; 529939 0))
11656 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11657 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11658 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11660 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11661 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11665 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11666 Read network news.
11667 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11668 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11669 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11670 name of an NNTP server to use.
11671 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11672 server.
11674 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11676 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11677 Read news as a slave.
11679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11681 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11682 Pop up a frame to read news.
11683 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11684 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11685 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11686 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11687 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11688 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11689 current display is used.
11691 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11693 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11694 Read network news.
11695 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11696 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11697 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11699 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11701 ;;;***
11703 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11704 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11705 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11706 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11707 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11708 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20518 12580 46478 0))
11709 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11711 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11712 Start Gnus unplugged.
11714 \(fn)" t nil)
11716 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11717 Start Gnus plugged.
11719 \(fn)" t nil)
11721 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11722 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11726 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11727 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11729 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11730 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11731 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11733 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11734 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11735 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11737 \(fn)" t nil)
11739 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11740 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11742 \(fn)" nil nil)
11744 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11745 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11746 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11747 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11748 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11749 supported.
11751 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11753 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11754 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11755 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11756 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11757 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11758 supported.
11760 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11762 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11763 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11765 \(fn)" nil nil)
11767 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11768 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11769 downloaded into the agent.
11771 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11773 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11774 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11775 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11776 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11778 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11780 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11781 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11783 \(fn)" t nil)
11785 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11786 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11788 \(fn)" t nil)
11790 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11791 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11792 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11794 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11796 ;;;***
11798 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11799 ;;;;;; (20522 9637 465791 0))
11800 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11802 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11803 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11805 \(fn)" nil nil)
11807 ;;;***
11809 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11810 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20355 10021 546955
11811 ;;;;;; 0))
11812 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11814 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11815 Set a bookmark for this article.
11817 \(fn)" t nil)
11819 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11820 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11822 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11824 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11825 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11826 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11827 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11828 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11830 \(fn)" t nil)
11832 ;;;***
11834 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11835 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11836 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20355
11837 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
11838 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11840 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11841 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11843 Usage:
11844 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11846 \(fn)" t nil)
11848 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11849 Generate the cache active file.
11851 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11853 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11854 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11856 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11858 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11859 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11860 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11861 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11862 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11863 supported.
11865 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11867 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11868 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11869 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11870 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11871 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11872 supported.
11874 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11876 ;;;***
11878 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11879 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11882 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11883 Delay this article by some time.
11884 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11886 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11887 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11889 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11890 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11892 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11893 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11895 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11897 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11898 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11900 \(fn)" t nil)
11902 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11903 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11904 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11905 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11907 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11908 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11910 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11912 ;;;***
11914 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11915 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11916 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11918 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11921 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11923 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11926 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11928 ;;;***
11930 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11931 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11934 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11935 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11937 \(fn)" t nil)
11939 ;;;***
11941 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11942 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11945 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11946 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11948 \(fn)" t nil)
11950 ;;;***
11952 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11953 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11954 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20495
11955 ;;;;;; 51111 757560 0))
11956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11958 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11959 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11961 \(fn)" t nil)
11963 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11964 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11966 \(fn)" t nil)
11968 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11969 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11971 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11972 different input formats.
11974 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11976 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11977 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11979 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11980 different input formats.
11982 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11984 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11985 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11986 The PNG is returned as a string.
11988 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11990 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11991 Convert FILE to a Face.
11992 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11993 726 bytes.
11995 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11997 ;;;***
11999 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12000 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20355 10021 546955
12001 ;;;;;; 0))
12002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12004 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12005 Display gravatar in the From header.
12006 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12008 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12010 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12011 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12012 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12014 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12016 ;;;***
12018 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12019 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20495 51111 757560 0))
12020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12022 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12023 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12024 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12025 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12027 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12029 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12030 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12032 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12034 ;;;***
12036 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12037 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12040 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12043 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12045 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12048 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12050 ;;;***
12052 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12053 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
12054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12056 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12058 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12059 Run batched scoring.
12060 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12062 \(fn)" t nil)
12064 ;;;***
12066 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12067 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12068 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
12069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12071 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12074 \(fn)" nil nil)
12076 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12077 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12078 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12080 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12082 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12083 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12085 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12089 ;;;***
12091 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12092 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12093 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
12094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12096 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12097 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12098 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12099 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12100 group parameters.
12102 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12103 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12104 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12105 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12107 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12108 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12109 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12110 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12111 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12112 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12113 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12114 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12115 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12116 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12118 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12120 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12121 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12122 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12123 nil CATCH-ALL).
12125 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12126 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12128 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12130 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12131 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12132 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12134 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12136 \(fn)" nil nil)
12138 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12139 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12140 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12142 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12144 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12145 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12146 existing groups are considered.
12148 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12149 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12150 returned.
12152 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12153 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12154 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12155 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12156 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12157 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12158 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12159 clauses will be generated.
12161 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12162 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12163 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12164 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12165 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12166 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12168 For example, given the following group parameters:
12170 nnml:mail.bar:
12171 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12172 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12173 nnml:mail.foo:
12174 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12175 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12176 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12177 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12178 nnml:mail.others:
12179 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12181 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12183 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12184 \"mail.bar\")
12185 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12186 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12187 \"mail.others\")
12189 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12191 ;;;***
12193 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12194 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20533 5993 500881 0))
12195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12197 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12198 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12199 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12200 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12201 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12202 instead.
12204 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12206 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12207 Mail to ADDRESS.
12209 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12211 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12212 Like `message-reply'.
12214 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12216 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12218 ;;;***
12220 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12221 ;;;;;; (20544 36659 880486 0))
12222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12224 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12225 Send a notification on new message.
12226 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12227 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12228 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12230 This is typically a function to add in
12231 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12233 \(fn)" nil nil)
12235 ;;;***
12237 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12238 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12239 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
12240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12242 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12243 Display picons in the From header.
12244 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12246 \(fn)" t nil)
12248 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12249 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12250 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12252 \(fn)" t nil)
12254 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12255 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12256 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12258 \(fn)" t nil)
12260 ;;;***
12262 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12263 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12264 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12265 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12266 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20544 36659 880486 0))
12267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12269 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12270 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12271 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12272 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12274 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12276 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12277 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12278 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12279 LIST1 is modified.
12281 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12283 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12284 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12285 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12287 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12289 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12292 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12294 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12295 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12296 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12298 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12300 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12301 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12302 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12304 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12306 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12308 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12309 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12310 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12312 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12314 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12315 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12316 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12318 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12320 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12321 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12322 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12324 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12326 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12327 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12329 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12331 ;;;***
12333 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12334 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20544 36659 880486
12335 ;;;;;; 0))
12336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12338 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12339 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12341 \(fn)" t nil)
12343 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12344 Install the registry hooks.
12346 \(fn)" t nil)
12348 ;;;***
12350 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12351 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20355
12352 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
12353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12355 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12356 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12357 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12358 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12359 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12360 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12362 \(fn)" t nil)
12364 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12365 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12366 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12367 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12368 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12370 \(fn)" t nil)
12372 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12375 \(fn)" t nil)
12377 ;;;***
12379 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12380 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
12381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12383 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12384 Update the format specification near point.
12386 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12388 ;;;***
12390 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12391 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
12392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12394 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12395 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12397 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12399 ;;;***
12401 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12402 ;;;;;; (20540 39589 424586 0))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12405 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12406 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12407 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12409 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12411 ;;;***
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12414 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
12415 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12417 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12418 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12420 \(fn)" t nil)
12422 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12423 Install the sync hooks.
12425 \(fn)" t nil)
12427 ;;;***
12429 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12430 ;;;;;; (20447 49522 409090 0))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12433 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12434 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12436 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12438 ;;;***
12440 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12441 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
12442 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12444 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12445 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12446 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12447 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12448 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12449 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12451 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12453 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12455 ;;;***
12457 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20545 57511
12458 ;;;;;; 257469 0))
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12461 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12462 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12464 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12465 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12466 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12468 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12469 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12470 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12472 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12473 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12475 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12476 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12478 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12480 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12482 ;;;***
12484 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12485 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20355
12486 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
12487 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12489 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12491 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12492 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12493 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12494 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12495 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12497 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12499 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12500 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12501 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12502 or to send e-mail.
12503 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12504 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12506 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12507 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12509 \(fn)" t nil)
12510 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12512 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12513 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12515 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12516 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12520 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12521 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12525 ;;;***
12527 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12528 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12531 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12532 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12533 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12535 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12537 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12538 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12540 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12542 ;;;***
12544 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12545 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12546 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20369 14251
12547 ;;;;;; 85829 0))
12548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12550 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12551 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12553 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12555 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12556 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12557 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12558 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12559 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12561 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12562 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12563 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12565 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12567 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12568 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12569 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12570 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12571 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12573 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12575 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12576 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12578 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12580 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12581 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12583 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12584 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12585 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12587 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12588 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12589 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12591 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12592 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12593 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12594 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12596 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12597 How to invoke find and grep.
12598 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12599 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12600 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12601 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12603 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12605 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12606 History list for grep.")
12608 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12609 History list for grep-find.")
12611 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12612 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12613 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12615 \(fn)" nil nil)
12617 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12620 \(fn)" nil nil)
12622 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12623 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12625 \(fn)" nil nil)
12627 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12628 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12629 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12630 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12631 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12633 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12634 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12636 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12637 can easily repeat a grep command.
12639 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12640 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12641 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12642 list is empty).
12644 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12646 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12647 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12648 Collect output in a buffer.
12649 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12650 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12652 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12653 easily repeat a find command.
12655 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12657 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12659 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12660 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12661 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12662 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12663 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12665 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12666 before it is executed.
12667 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12669 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12670 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12671 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12673 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12675 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12677 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12678 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12679 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12680 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12681 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12683 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12684 before it is executed.
12685 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12687 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12688 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12689 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12690 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12692 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12694 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12695 to specify a command to run.
12697 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12699 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12700 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12701 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12702 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12704 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12706 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12708 ;;;***
12710 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20355 10021 546955
12711 ;;;;;; 0))
12712 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12714 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12715 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12716 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12717 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12718 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12720 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12722 ;;;***
12724 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12725 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20537 63402
12726 ;;;;;; 936234 0))
12727 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12729 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12730 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12731 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12732 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12734 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12736 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12737 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12738 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12739 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12741 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12743 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12744 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12745 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12746 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12748 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12750 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12751 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12752 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12753 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12755 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12756 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12758 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12760 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12761 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12762 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12763 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12765 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12767 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12768 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12769 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12770 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12772 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12774 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12775 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12776 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12777 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12778 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12780 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12781 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12782 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12783 original source file access method.
12785 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12786 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12788 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12790 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12791 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12793 \(fn)" t nil)
12795 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12796 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12797 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12798 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12799 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12800 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12802 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12804 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12805 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12806 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12807 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12808 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12812 ;;;***
12814 ;;;### (autoloads (setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12815 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12816 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20542 46798 773957 0))
12817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12819 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12820 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12821 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12822 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12823 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12824 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12825 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12826 set it to.
12827 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12829 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12831 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12832 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12833 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12834 of PLACE.
12835 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12836 and new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12837 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12838 and SETTER.
12839 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12840 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12842 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12844 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12846 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12847 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12848 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12849 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12850 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12852 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12854 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12856 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12859 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12861 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12863 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12865 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12866 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12867 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12868 well for simple place forms.
12869 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12870 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12871 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12872 The first arg in ARLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12873 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12874 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12875 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12877 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12879 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12881 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12882 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12883 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12884 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12885 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12886 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12887 instead the assignment is turned into (prog1 VAL (SETTER ARGS... VAL))
12888 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12890 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12892 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12893 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12894 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12895 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12896 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12897 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12899 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12901 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12903 ;;;***
12905 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20355
12906 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
12907 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12909 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12910 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12911 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12912 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12914 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12915 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12916 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12917 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12919 \(fn)" t nil)
12921 ;;;***
12923 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12924 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
12925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12927 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12928 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12930 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12932 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12933 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12934 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12935 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12937 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12939 \(fn)" t nil)
12941 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12942 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12943 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12944 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12945 to be updated.
12947 \(fn)" t nil)
12949 ;;;***
12951 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12952 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12953 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12954 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12956 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12957 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12959 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12961 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12962 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12963 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12965 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12967 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12968 Verify a hashcash payment
12970 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12972 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12973 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12974 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12975 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12976 `mail-add-payment-async').
12978 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12980 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12981 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12982 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12983 Calculation is asynchronous.
12985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12987 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12988 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12989 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12993 ;;;***
12995 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12996 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12997 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12998 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20355 10021
12999 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
13000 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13002 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13003 Return the help-echo string at point.
13004 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13005 property, or nil, is returned.
13006 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13007 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13008 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13010 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13012 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13013 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13014 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13015 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13016 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13018 \(fn)" nil nil)
13020 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13021 Display local help in the echo area.
13022 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13023 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13024 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13025 printed instead.
13027 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13028 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13029 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13033 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13034 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13035 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13037 \(fn)" t nil)
13039 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13040 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13041 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13043 \(fn)" t nil)
13045 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13046 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13047 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13048 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13049 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13050 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13051 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13052 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13053 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13054 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13055 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13057 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13058 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13059 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13060 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13061 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13063 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13064 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13065 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13066 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13067 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13068 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13069 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13070 The default is `never'.")
13072 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13074 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13075 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13076 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13077 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13078 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13079 considered different regions.
13081 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13082 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13083 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13084 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13085 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13086 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13087 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13088 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13089 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13091 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13093 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13094 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13095 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13096 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13097 different regions.
13099 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13100 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13101 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13102 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13103 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13104 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13105 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13106 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13108 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13109 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13110 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13111 rarely happens in practice.
13113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13115 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13116 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13117 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13118 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13119 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13120 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13124 ;;;***
13126 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13127 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13128 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13129 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20532 45476 981297 0))
13130 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13132 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13133 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13135 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13137 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13138 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13139 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13141 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13143 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13144 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13145 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13146 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13147 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13148 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13149 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13150 search for a function definition.
13152 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13153 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13154 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13155 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13156 suitable file is found, return nil.
13158 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13160 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13163 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13165 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13166 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13167 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13168 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13170 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13172 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13173 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13174 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13175 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13176 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13177 it is displayed along with the global value.
13179 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13181 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13182 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13183 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13184 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13186 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13188 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13189 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13190 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13191 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13192 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13194 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13196 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13197 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13199 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13201 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13202 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13204 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13206 ;;;***
13208 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13209 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
13210 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13212 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13213 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13214 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13215 window listing and describing the options.
13216 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13217 gives the window that lists the options.")
13219 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13221 ;;;***
13223 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13224 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13225 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13226 ;;;;;; (20510 18478 782378 0))
13227 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13229 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13230 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13231 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13232 Commands:
13233 \\{help-mode-map}
13235 \(fn)" t nil)
13237 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13240 \(fn)" nil nil)
13242 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13245 \(fn)" nil nil)
13247 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13248 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13250 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13251 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13252 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13253 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13255 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13256 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13257 restore it properly when going back.
13259 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13261 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13262 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13263 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13264 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13265 from `help-mode'.
13266 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13267 it does not already exist.
13269 \(fn)" nil nil)
13271 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13272 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13274 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13275 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13276 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13277 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13278 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13279 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13280 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13281 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13283 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13284 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13285 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13286 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13288 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13289 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13290 that.
13292 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13294 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13295 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13296 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13297 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13298 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13299 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13301 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13303 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13304 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13305 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13306 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13307 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13309 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13311 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13312 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13314 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13316 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13317 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13318 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13319 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13321 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13323 ;;;***
13325 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13326 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
13327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13329 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13330 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13332 \(fn)" t nil)
13334 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13335 Provide help for current mode.
13337 \(fn)" t nil)
13339 ;;;***
13341 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13342 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
13343 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13345 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13346 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13347 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13348 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13349 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13351 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13352 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13354 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13355 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13356 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13357 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13359 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13360 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13361 periods.
13363 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13364 in hexl format.
13366 A sample format:
13368 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13369 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13370 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13371 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13372 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13373 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13374 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13375 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13376 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13377 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13378 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13379 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13380 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13381 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13382 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13384 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13385 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13386 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13388 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13389 also supported.
13391 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13393 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13394 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13395 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13397 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13398 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13399 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13401 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13402 into the buffer at the current point.
13404 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13405 into the buffer at the current point.
13407 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13408 into the buffer at the current point.
13410 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13412 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13413 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13415 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13417 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13421 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13422 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13423 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13424 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13426 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13428 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13429 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13430 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13432 \(fn)" t nil)
13434 ;;;***
13436 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13437 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13438 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13439 ;;;;;; (20522 9637 465791 0))
13440 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13442 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13443 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13444 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13445 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13446 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13448 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13449 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13450 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13451 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13453 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13454 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13455 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13456 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13458 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13459 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13460 which can be called interactively, are:
13462 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13463 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13465 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13466 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13467 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13468 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13470 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13471 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13473 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13474 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13476 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13477 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13478 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13479 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13480 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13481 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13482 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13483 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13484 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13485 function returns t.
13487 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13488 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13490 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13491 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13492 form:
13493 Hi-lock: FOO
13495 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13496 position (number of characters into buffer)
13497 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13498 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13499 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13503 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13504 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13505 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13508 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13510 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13512 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13513 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13514 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13515 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13516 ARG is omitted or nil.
13518 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13519 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13520 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13524 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13526 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13527 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13528 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13529 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13531 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13532 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13533 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13534 updated as you type.
13536 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13538 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13540 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13541 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13542 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13543 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13545 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13546 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13547 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13548 updated as you type.
13550 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13552 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13554 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13555 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13556 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13557 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13559 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13560 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13561 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13562 updated as you type.
13564 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13566 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13568 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13569 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13570 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13571 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13573 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13575 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13576 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13578 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13579 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13580 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13582 \(fn)" t nil)
13584 ;;;***
13586 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13587 ;;;;;; (20541 6907 775259 0))
13588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13590 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13591 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13592 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13593 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13594 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13596 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13597 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13598 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13599 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13601 `hide-ifdef-env'
13602 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13603 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13604 is used.
13606 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13607 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13608 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13609 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13610 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13612 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13613 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13614 #endif lines when hiding.
13616 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13617 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13618 is activated.
13620 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13621 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13622 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13624 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13628 ;;;***
13630 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13631 ;;;;;; (20541 6907 775259 0))
13632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13634 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13635 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13636 Each element has the form
13637 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13639 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13640 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13642 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13643 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13645 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13646 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13647 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13648 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13649 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13650 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13652 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13653 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13655 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13656 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13658 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13659 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13660 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13662 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13663 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13665 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13666 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13668 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13669 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13670 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13672 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13673 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13674 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13676 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13677 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13679 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13681 Key bindings:
13682 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13686 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13687 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13689 \(fn)" nil nil)
13691 ;;;***
13693 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13694 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13695 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13696 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13697 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20355
13698 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
13699 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13701 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13702 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13703 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13704 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13705 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13707 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13708 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13709 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13710 this on and off.
13712 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13713 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13714 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13715 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13716 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13717 through various faces.
13718 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13719 buffer with the contents of a file
13720 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13724 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13725 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13727 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13728 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13730 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13731 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13732 in a distinctive face.
13734 The default value can be customized with variable
13735 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13737 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13741 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13742 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13743 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13745 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13747 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13748 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13750 \(fn)" t nil)
13752 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13753 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13755 \(fn)" t nil)
13757 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13758 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13760 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13761 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13762 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13763 shown in the last face in the list.
13765 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13766 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13767 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13769 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13771 \(fn)" t nil)
13773 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13774 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13776 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13778 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13779 to save the file.
13781 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13782 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13784 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13785 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13786 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13788 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13790 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13791 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13793 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13794 this function is called interactively.
13796 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13797 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13798 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13800 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13801 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13802 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13804 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13806 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13807 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13808 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13811 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13813 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13815 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13816 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13817 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13818 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13819 ARG is omitted or nil.
13821 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13822 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13823 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13827 ;;;***
13829 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13830 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13831 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13832 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13833 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20495 51111 757560 0))
13834 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13836 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13837 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13838 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13839 or insert functions in this list.")
13841 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13843 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13844 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13846 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13848 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13849 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13851 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13853 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13854 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13856 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13858 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13859 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13861 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13863 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13864 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13865 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13867 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13869 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13870 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13871 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13872 \(as atoms)")
13874 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13876 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13877 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13878 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13879 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13880 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13882 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13884 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13885 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13886 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13887 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13888 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13889 expansions.
13890 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13891 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13892 undoes the expansion.
13894 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13896 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13897 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13898 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13899 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13901 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13903 ;;;***
13905 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13906 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
13907 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13909 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13910 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13911 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13912 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13913 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13915 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13916 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13917 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13918 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13919 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13920 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13922 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13923 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13924 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13925 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13929 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13930 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13931 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13932 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13933 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13934 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13936 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13938 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13939 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13940 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13941 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13942 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13944 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13945 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13946 windows.
13948 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13949 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13953 ;;;***
13955 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13956 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13957 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13958 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13959 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20530 32124 107724 973000))
13960 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13962 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13964 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13965 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13966 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13968 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13970 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13972 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13974 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13975 Oriental holidays.
13976 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13978 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13980 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13982 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13984 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13985 Local holidays.
13986 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13988 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13990 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13992 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13994 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13995 User defined holidays.
13996 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13998 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14000 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14002 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14003 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14005 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14007 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14008 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14010 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14012 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14013 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14015 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14017 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14018 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14020 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14022 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14024 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14025 Jewish holidays.
14026 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14028 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14030 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14032 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14034 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14035 Christian holidays.
14036 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14038 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14040 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14042 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14044 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14045 Islamic holidays.
14046 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14048 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14050 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14052 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14054 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14055 Bahá'í holidays.
14056 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14058 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14060 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14062 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14064 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14065 Sun-related holidays.
14066 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14068 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14070 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14072 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14074 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14075 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14076 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14077 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14081 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14082 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14083 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14084 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14085 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14087 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14088 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14090 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14091 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14093 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14094 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14095 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14096 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14097 of a holiday list.
14099 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14101 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14103 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14105 ;;;***
14107 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20355
14108 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
14109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14111 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14112 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14114 \(fn)" t nil)
14116 ;;;***
14118 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14119 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
14120 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14122 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14123 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14124 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14125 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14126 as possible.
14128 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14129 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14130 fontified display.
14132 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14133 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14135 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14136 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14137 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14139 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14141 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14142 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14143 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14145 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14147 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14149 ;;;***
14151 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14152 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20478
14153 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
14154 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14156 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14157 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14159 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14160 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14161 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14163 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14164 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14165 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14166 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14167 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14168 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14170 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14171 title of the column.
14173 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14174 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14175 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14176 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14177 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14179 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil nil)
14181 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14182 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14183 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14184 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14185 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14187 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14188 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14189 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14191 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil nil)
14193 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14194 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14195 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14196 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14197 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14198 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14200 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14201 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14202 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14203 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14204 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14205 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14206 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14207 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14208 values are:
14209 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14210 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14211 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14212 buffer's modification flag.
14213 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14214 prompted before performing this operation.
14215 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14216 operation is complete, in the form:
14217 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14218 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14219 confirmation message, in the form:
14220 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14221 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14222 macro for exactly what it does.
14224 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil nil)
14226 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14227 Define a filter named NAME.
14228 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14229 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14230 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14232 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14233 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14234 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14235 bound to the current value of the filter.
14237 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil nil)
14239 ;;;***
14241 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14242 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20542 46798 773957 0))
14243 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14245 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14246 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14247 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14248 buffers which are visiting a file.
14250 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14252 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14253 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14254 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14255 buffers which are visiting a file.
14257 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14259 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14260 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14261 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14263 All arguments are optional.
14264 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14265 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14266 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14267 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14268 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14269 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14270 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14271 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14272 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14273 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14274 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14275 that value locally in this buffer.
14277 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14279 ;;;***
14281 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14282 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14283 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20434 17809 692608 0))
14284 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14286 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14287 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14288 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14289 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14291 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14293 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14294 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14295 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14296 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14297 ICAL-FILENAME.
14298 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14299 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14300 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14302 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14304 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14305 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14306 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14307 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14308 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14309 non-marking or not.
14311 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14313 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14314 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14316 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14317 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14318 DIARY-FILE.
14320 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14321 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14322 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14324 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14325 non-marking.
14327 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14328 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14329 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14331 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14333 ;;;***
14335 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20453
14336 ;;;;;; 5437 764254 0))
14337 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14339 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14340 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14341 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14342 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14343 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14344 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14346 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14348 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14349 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14350 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14351 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14352 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14356 ;;;***
14358 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20355 10021
14359 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
14360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14362 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14363 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14364 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14365 Tab indents for Icon code.
14366 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14367 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14368 \\{icon-mode-map}
14369 Variables controlling indentation style:
14370 icon-tab-always-indent
14371 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14372 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14373 icon-auto-newline
14374 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14375 inserted in Icon code.
14376 icon-indent-level
14377 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14378 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14379 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14380 icon-continued-statement-offset
14381 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14382 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14383 icon-continued-brace-offset
14384 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14385 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14386 icon-brace-offset
14387 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14388 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14389 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14390 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14392 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14393 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14395 \(fn)" t nil)
14397 ;;;***
14399 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14400 ;;;;;; (20427 14766 970343 0))
14401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14403 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14404 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14405 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14406 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14408 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14409 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14410 separate frames.
14412 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14413 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14415 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14416 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14417 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14419 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14421 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14423 ;;;***
14425 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14426 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
14427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14429 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14430 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14432 The main features of this mode are
14434 1. Indentation and Formatting
14435 --------------------------
14436 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14437 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14439 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14440 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14441 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14442 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14444 Comments are indented as follows:
14446 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14447 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14448 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14450 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14452 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14453 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14454 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14455 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14456 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14457 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14459 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14460 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14461 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14462 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14464 2. Routine Info
14465 ------------
14466 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14467 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14468 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14469 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14470 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14471 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14472 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14473 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14474 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14475 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14477 3. Online IDL Help
14478 ---------------
14480 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14481 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14482 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14483 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14485 4. Completion
14486 ----------
14487 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14488 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14489 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14490 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14491 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14492 upper case.
14494 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14495 --------------------------------
14496 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14497 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14499 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14500 \\fu FUNCTION template
14501 \\c CASE statement template
14502 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14503 \\f FOR loop template
14504 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14505 \\w WHILE loop template
14506 \\i IF statement template
14507 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14508 \\b BEGIN
14510 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14511 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14513 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14514 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14515 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14516 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14518 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14519 -------------------------
14520 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14521 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14523 7. Automatic END completion
14524 ------------------------
14525 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14526 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14528 8. Hooks
14529 -----
14530 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14531 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14533 9. Documentation and Customization
14534 -------------------------------
14535 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14536 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14537 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14538 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14539 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14541 10.Keybindings
14542 -----------
14543 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14544 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14545 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14547 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14549 \(fn)" t nil)
14551 ;;;***
14553 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14554 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14555 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14556 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14557 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14558 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14559 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14560 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20495
14561 ;;;;;; 51111 757560 0))
14562 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14564 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14565 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14566 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14567 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14568 displaying...)
14569 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14570 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14571 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14573 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14574 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14576 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14578 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14579 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14580 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14581 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14582 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14583 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14584 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14585 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14586 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14590 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14591 Switch to another buffer.
14592 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14593 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14594 in another frame.
14596 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14597 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14598 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14599 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14600 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14602 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14603 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14605 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14607 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14608 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14609 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14610 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14611 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14612 in a separate window.
14613 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14614 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14615 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14616 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14617 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14618 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14619 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14620 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14621 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14623 \(fn)" t nil)
14625 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14626 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14627 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14628 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14630 \(fn)" t nil)
14632 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14633 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14634 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14635 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14637 \(fn)" t nil)
14639 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14640 Kill a buffer.
14641 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14642 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14644 \(fn)" t nil)
14646 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14647 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14648 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14649 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14651 \(fn)" t nil)
14653 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14654 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14655 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14656 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14658 \(fn)" t nil)
14660 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14661 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14663 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14665 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14666 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14667 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14668 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14669 visible in another frame.
14671 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14672 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14673 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14674 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14675 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14676 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14678 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14679 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14681 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14683 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14684 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14685 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14686 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14687 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14688 in a separate window.
14689 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14690 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14691 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14692 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14693 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14694 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14695 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14696 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14697 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14698 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14699 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14700 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14701 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14702 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14703 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14705 \(fn)" t nil)
14707 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14708 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14709 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14710 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14712 \(fn)" t nil)
14714 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14715 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14716 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14717 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14719 \(fn)" t nil)
14721 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14722 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14723 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14724 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14726 \(fn)" t nil)
14728 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14729 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14730 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14731 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14733 \(fn)" t nil)
14735 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14736 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14737 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14738 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14740 \(fn)" t nil)
14742 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14743 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14744 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14745 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14747 \(fn)" t nil)
14749 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14750 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14751 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14752 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14754 \(fn)" t nil)
14756 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14757 Write current buffer to a file.
14758 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14759 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14761 \(fn)" t nil)
14763 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14764 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14765 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14766 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14768 \(fn)" t nil)
14770 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14771 Call `dired' the ido way.
14772 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14773 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14775 \(fn)" t nil)
14777 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14778 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14779 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14780 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14781 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14782 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14784 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14786 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14787 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14788 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14789 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14791 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14793 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14794 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14795 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14796 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14798 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14800 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14801 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14802 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14803 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14804 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14805 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14806 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14807 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14808 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14809 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14810 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14811 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14812 with point positioned at the end.
14813 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14814 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14816 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14818 ;;;***
14820 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
14821 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14823 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14824 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14825 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14827 \(fn)" t nil)
14829 ;;;***
14831 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20355 10021
14832 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
14833 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14835 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14837 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14838 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14840 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14841 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14842 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14846 ;;;***
14848 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14849 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14850 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14851 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14852 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14853 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
14854 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14856 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14857 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14858 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14859 be determined.
14861 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14863 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14864 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14865 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14866 be determined.
14868 \(fn)" nil nil)
14870 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14871 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14872 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14873 be determined.
14875 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14877 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14878 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14879 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14880 be determined.
14882 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14884 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14885 Determine and return image type.
14886 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14887 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14888 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14889 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14890 use its file extension as image type.
14891 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14893 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14895 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14896 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14897 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14899 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14901 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14902 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14903 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14905 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14906 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14907 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14908 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14909 must be available.
14911 \(fn)" nil nil)
14913 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14914 Create an image.
14915 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14916 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14917 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14918 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14919 use its file extension as image type.
14920 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14921 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14922 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14923 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14925 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14927 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14928 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14929 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14931 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14933 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14934 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14935 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14936 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14937 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14938 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14939 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14940 POS may be an integer or marker.
14941 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14942 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14943 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14944 means display it in the right marginal area.
14946 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14948 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14949 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14950 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14951 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14952 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14953 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14954 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14955 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14956 means display it in the right marginal area.
14957 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14958 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14959 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14960 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14961 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14963 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14965 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14966 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14967 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14968 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14969 defaulted if you omit it.
14970 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14971 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14972 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14973 means display it in the right marginal area.
14974 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14976 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14978 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14979 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14980 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14981 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14983 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14985 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14986 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14988 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14990 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14991 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14992 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14993 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14994 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14995 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14996 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14997 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14998 satisfied.
15000 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15002 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15004 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15006 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15007 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15009 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15010 documentation string.
15012 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15013 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15014 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15015 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15016 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15017 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15018 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15019 define SYMBOL.
15021 Example:
15023 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15024 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15026 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15028 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15030 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15031 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15032 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15033 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15035 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15036 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15037 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15038 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15040 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15042 \(fn)" nil nil)
15044 ;;;***
15046 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15047 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15048 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15049 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15050 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15051 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15052 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15053 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
15054 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15056 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15057 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15058 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15059 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15060 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15061 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15065 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15066 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15068 Convenience command that:
15070 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15071 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15072 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15074 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15075 image files in dired and type
15076 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15078 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15080 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15081 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15083 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15085 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15086 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15087 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15088 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15089 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15090 another one).
15092 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15093 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15094 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15096 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15097 instead of erasing it first.
15099 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15100 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15101 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15102 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15103 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15104 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15106 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15108 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15109 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15110 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15111 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15112 displayed.
15114 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15116 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15118 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15120 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15121 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15123 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15125 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15126 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15127 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15129 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15131 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15132 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15134 \(fn)" t nil)
15136 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15137 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15138 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15139 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15141 \(fn)" t nil)
15143 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15144 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15146 \(fn)" t nil)
15148 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15149 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15151 \(fn)" t nil)
15153 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15154 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15156 \(fn)" t nil)
15158 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15159 Display current image file.
15160 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15161 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15165 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15166 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15168 \(fn)" t nil)
15170 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15171 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15172 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15173 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15174 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15175 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15176 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15178 \(fn)" t nil)
15180 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15181 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15182 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15183 easy-to-use form.
15185 \(fn)" t nil)
15187 ;;;***
15189 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15190 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15191 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15192 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15194 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15195 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15196 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15197 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15199 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15200 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15201 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15202 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15204 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15206 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15207 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15208 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15209 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15211 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15212 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15213 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15214 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15216 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15218 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15219 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15221 \(fn)" nil nil)
15223 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15224 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15225 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15226 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15228 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15230 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15231 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15232 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15233 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15234 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15235 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15237 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15239 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15240 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15241 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15242 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15243 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15245 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15246 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15247 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15251 ;;;***
15253 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15254 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20476 31768 298871
15255 ;;;;;; 0))
15256 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15258 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15259 Major mode for image files.
15260 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15261 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15263 \(fn)" t nil)
15265 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15266 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15267 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15268 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15269 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15271 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15272 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15273 actual image.
15275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15277 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15278 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15279 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15280 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15281 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15282 to display an image file as the actual image.
15284 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15285 to display an image file as text initially.
15287 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15288 on these modes.
15290 \(fn)" t nil)
15292 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15295 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15297 ;;;***
15299 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15300 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20511 39332 974340
15301 ;;;;;; 0))
15302 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15304 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15305 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15307 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15309 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15310 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15311 in the buffer.
15313 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15315 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15316 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15317 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15319 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15321 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15322 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15323 Each element of this list should have the form
15325 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15327 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15328 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15329 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15330 matches are put).
15331 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15332 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15333 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15334 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15335 another element.
15336 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15337 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15338 the menu item.
15339 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15340 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15341 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15342 the ARGUMENTS.
15344 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15345 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15346 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15348 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15349 create a buffer index.
15351 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15352 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15353 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15354 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15355 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15357 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15359 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15360 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15362 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15363 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15364 called within a `save-excursion'.
15366 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15368 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15370 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15371 Function for finding the next index position.
15373 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15374 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15375 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15376 file.
15378 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15379 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15381 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15383 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15384 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15386 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15387 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15388 It should return the name for that index item.")
15390 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15392 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15393 Function to compare string with index item.
15395 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15396 non-nil if they match.
15398 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15399 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15400 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15401 arguments match\".")
15403 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15405 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15406 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15407 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15409 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15410 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15412 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15414 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15416 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15417 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15418 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15419 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15421 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15423 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15424 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15426 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15428 \(fn)" t nil)
15430 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15431 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15432 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15433 for more information.
15435 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15437 ;;;***
15439 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15440 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15441 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15442 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15444 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15445 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15447 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15449 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15452 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15454 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15457 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15459 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15462 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15464 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15465 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15467 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15469 ;;;***
15471 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15472 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15473 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15476 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15477 What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15478 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15479 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15480 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15482 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15484 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
15485 Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15487 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15489 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15490 Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15491 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15492 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15493 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15494 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15495 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15496 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15498 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15500 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15501 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15502 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15503 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15504 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15506 This variable is only used if the variable
15507 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15509 More precise choices:
15510 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15511 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15512 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15514 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15516 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15518 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15519 Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15521 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15522 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15523 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15524 to that buffer.
15525 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15526 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15527 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15528 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15530 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15532 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15534 ;;;***
15536 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15537 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15538 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15539 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15540 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20540 39589 424586
15541 ;;;;;; 0))
15542 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15544 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15545 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15546 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15547 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15548 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15549 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15550 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15551 first in this list.
15553 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15554 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15555 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15556 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15557 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15559 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15560 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15561 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15563 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15564 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15566 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15567 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15569 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15570 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15571 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15572 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15573 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15574 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15575 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15576 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15577 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15578 with the top-level Info directory.
15580 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15581 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15582 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15583 appended to the Info buffer name.
15585 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15586 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15587 in all the directories in that path.
15589 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15591 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15593 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15594 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15596 \(fn)" t nil)
15598 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15599 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15601 \(fn)" t nil)
15603 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15604 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15605 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15606 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15608 \(fn)" nil nil)
15610 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15611 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15612 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15613 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15615 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15617 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15618 Go to the Info directory node.
15620 \(fn)" t nil)
15622 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15623 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15624 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15625 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15626 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15627 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15629 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15631 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15632 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15633 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15635 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15637 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15638 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15639 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15640 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15641 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15643 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15645 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15646 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15647 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15648 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15649 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15651 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15652 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15654 Selecting other nodes:
15655 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15656 Follow a node reference you click on.
15657 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15658 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15659 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15660 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15661 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15662 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15663 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15664 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15665 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15666 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15667 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15668 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15669 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15670 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15671 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15672 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15673 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15674 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15675 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15676 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15678 Moving within a node:
15679 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15680 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15681 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15682 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15683 move up to the parent node.
15684 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15685 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15686 if there is none.
15687 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15689 Advanced commands:
15690 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15691 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15692 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15693 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15694 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15695 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15696 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15697 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15698 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15699 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15700 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15701 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15702 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15703 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15704 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15705 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15707 \(fn)" t nil)
15708 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15710 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15711 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15712 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15713 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15714 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15715 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15717 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15718 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15720 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15721 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15722 KEY is a string.
15723 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15724 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15725 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15726 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15728 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15730 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15731 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15732 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15734 \(fn)" t nil)
15736 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15737 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15738 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15740 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15742 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15743 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15745 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15747 ;;;***
15749 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15750 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15751 ;;;;;; (20474 44971 970015 0))
15752 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15754 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15755 Throw away all cached data.
15756 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15757 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15758 system.
15760 \(fn)" t nil)
15761 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15763 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15764 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15765 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15766 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15767 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15768 one found at point.
15770 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15772 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15773 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15775 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15776 Display the documentation of a file.
15777 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15778 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15779 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15780 The default file name is the one found at point.
15782 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15784 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15786 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15787 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15789 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15791 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15792 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15794 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15796 ;;;***
15798 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15799 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15800 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
15801 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15803 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15804 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15805 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15806 current info file is the default.
15808 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15809 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15810 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15811 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15812 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15814 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15815 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15816 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15817 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15818 mistake in the reference.
15820 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15821 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15822 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15824 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15825 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15826 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15827 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15829 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15831 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15832 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15833 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15834 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15835 checked.
15837 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15838 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15839 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15840 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15841 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15842 should be harmless.
15844 \(fn)" t nil)
15846 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15847 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15848 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15849 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15851 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15852 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15853 and can take a long time.
15855 \(fn)" t nil)
15857 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15858 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15859 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15861 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15863 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15864 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15866 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15867 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15868 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15869 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15870 all builtins).
15872 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15873 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15874 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15875 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15876 the sources handy.
15878 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15880 ;;;***
15882 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15883 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20355 10021 546955
15884 ;;;;;; 0))
15885 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15887 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15888 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15890 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15892 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15893 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15895 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15897 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15898 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15899 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15900 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15902 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15903 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15904 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15906 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15907 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15908 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15909 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15911 \(fn)" t nil)
15913 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15914 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15915 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15917 \(fn)" t nil)
15919 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15920 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15921 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15922 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15923 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15925 \(fn)" nil nil)
15927 ;;;***
15929 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15930 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15931 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15934 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15935 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15937 \(fn)" t nil)
15939 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15940 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15942 \(fn)" t nil)
15944 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15947 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15949 ;;;***
15951 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20355
15952 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
15953 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15955 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15956 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15957 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15958 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15959 accessed via isearchb.
15961 \(fn)" t nil)
15963 ;;;***
15965 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15966 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15967 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15968 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15969 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15971 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15972 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15973 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15974 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15975 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15977 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15979 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15980 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15981 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15982 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15983 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15985 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15987 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15988 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15989 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15990 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15991 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15993 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15995 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15996 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15997 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15998 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15999 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16001 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16003 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16004 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16005 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16006 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16007 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16009 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16011 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16012 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16013 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16014 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16015 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16017 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16019 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16020 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16021 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16022 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16023 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16025 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16027 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16028 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16029 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16030 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16032 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16034 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16035 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16036 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16037 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16039 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16041 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16042 Warn that format is read-only.
16044 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16046 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16047 Warn that format is write-only.
16049 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16051 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16052 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16054 \(fn)" t nil)
16056 ;;;***
16058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16059 ;;;;;; (20486 36135 22104 0))
16060 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16061 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16062 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16064 ;;;***
16066 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16067 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16068 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16069 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16070 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20458 56750 651721 0))
16071 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16073 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16075 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16076 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16077 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16078 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16079 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16081 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16083 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16085 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16086 Key map for ispell menu.")
16088 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16089 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16090 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16091 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16093 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16095 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16097 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16099 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16101 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16102 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16103 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16104 Valid forms include:
16105 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16106 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16107 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16108 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16110 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16111 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16112 First list is used raw.
16113 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16115 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16116 for skipping in latex mode.")
16118 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16119 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16120 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16121 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16122 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16123 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16124 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16126 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16127 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16128 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16129 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16131 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16132 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16133 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16134 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16135 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16137 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16138 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16140 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16141 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16143 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16144 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16146 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16147 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16149 Return values:
16150 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16151 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16152 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16153 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16154 quit spell session exited.
16156 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16158 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16159 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16160 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16162 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16164 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16165 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16167 Selections are:
16169 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16170 SPC: Accept word this time.
16171 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16172 `a': Accept word for this session.
16173 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16174 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16175 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16176 `?': Show these commands.
16177 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16178 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16179 the aborted check to be completed later.
16180 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16181 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16182 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16183 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16184 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16185 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16186 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16188 \(fn)" nil nil)
16190 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16191 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16192 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16193 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16195 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16197 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16198 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16199 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16200 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16202 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16204 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16206 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16207 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16208 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16209 amount for last line processed.
16211 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16213 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16214 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16216 \(fn)" t nil)
16218 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16219 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16221 \(fn)" t nil)
16223 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16224 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16226 \(fn)" t nil)
16228 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16229 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16230 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16231 sequence inside of a word.
16233 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16235 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16237 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16238 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16240 \(fn)" t nil)
16242 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16243 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16244 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16245 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16247 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16248 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16249 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16250 available on the net.
16252 \(fn)" t nil)
16254 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16255 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16257 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16258 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16260 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16261 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16262 spelled.
16264 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16265 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16266 SPC.
16268 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16269 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16273 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16274 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16275 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16276 Don't check included messages.
16278 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16279 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16280 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16282 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16283 in your .emacs file:
16284 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16285 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16286 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16287 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16289 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16290 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16291 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16293 \(fn)" t nil)
16295 ;;;***
16297 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20495
16298 ;;;;;; 51111 757560 0))
16299 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16301 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16302 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16303 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16305 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16306 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16308 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16310 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16311 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16313 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16314 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16316 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16317 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16321 ;;;***
16323 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16324 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16325 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16326 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20355 10021 546955
16327 ;;;;;; 0))
16328 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16330 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16333 \(fn)" nil nil)
16335 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16336 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16337 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16338 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16339 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16340 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16341 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16342 necessary to represent OBJ.
16344 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16346 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16347 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16348 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16349 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16351 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16353 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16354 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16355 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16356 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16357 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16359 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16361 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16362 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16363 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16364 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16366 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16368 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16369 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16370 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16371 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16373 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16375 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16376 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16378 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16380 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16381 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16382 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16383 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16384 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16386 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16388 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16389 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16390 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16391 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16392 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16394 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16396 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16397 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16398 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16400 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16402 ;;;***
16404 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16405 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
16406 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16408 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16409 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16410 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16411 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16413 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16416 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16418 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16419 Uninstall jka-compr.
16420 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16421 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16422 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16424 \(fn)" nil nil)
16426 ;;;***
16428 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20532 45476 981297
16429 ;;;;;; 0))
16430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16432 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16433 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16435 \(fn)" t nil)
16437 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16439 ;;;***
16441 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16442 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16443 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16446 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16447 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16448 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16449 decimal key must be specified.")
16451 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16453 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16454 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16455 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16456 decimal key must be specified.")
16458 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16460 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16461 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16462 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16463 decimal key must be specified.")
16465 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16467 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16468 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16469 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16470 decimal key must be specified.")
16472 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16474 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16475 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16476 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16477 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16478 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16479 keys are bound.
16481 Setup Binding
16482 -------------------------------------------------------------
16483 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16484 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16485 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16486 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16487 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16488 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16489 in the global and local keymaps.
16491 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16492 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16494 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16496 ;;;***
16498 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16499 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
16500 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16502 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16503 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16504 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16506 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16507 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16508 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16509 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16510 shorter.
16512 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16513 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16514 the context of text formatting.
16516 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16518 ;;;***
16520 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20355
16521 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
16522 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16524 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16525 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16526 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16527 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16528 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16529 positions that contains the current selection.")
16531 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16532 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16533 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16534 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16535 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16536 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16537 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16539 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16541 ;;;***
16543 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16544 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16545 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16546 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20471 22929 875294 592000))
16547 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16548 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16549 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16550 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16551 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16552 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16553 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16554 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16556 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16557 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16559 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16561 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16562 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16563 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16564 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16565 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16567 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16569 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16570 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16571 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16573 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16574 defining the macro.
16576 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16577 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16578 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16580 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16581 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16583 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16585 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16586 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16587 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16588 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16589 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16590 under that name.
16592 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16593 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16594 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16596 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16598 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16599 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16600 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16602 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16603 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16604 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16605 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16607 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16608 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16610 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16612 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16613 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16614 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16616 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16617 macro.
16619 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16620 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16622 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16623 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16624 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16626 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16627 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16629 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16631 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16632 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16633 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16634 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16636 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16638 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16639 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16640 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16641 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16643 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16644 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16646 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16648 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16649 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16650 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16652 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16654 ;;;***
16656 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16657 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
16658 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16660 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16661 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16662 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16664 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16667 \(fn)" nil nil)
16669 ;;;***
16671 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16672 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
16673 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16675 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16677 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16678 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16680 \(fn)" t nil)
16682 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16683 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16684 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16685 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16687 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16688 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16689 none / 1 | yes | no
16690 2 | yes | yes
16691 3 | no | yes
16692 4 | no | no
16694 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16695 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16696 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16698 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16700 ;;;***
16702 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16703 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16704 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
16705 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16707 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16710 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16712 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16713 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16714 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16715 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16716 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16717 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16719 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16720 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16722 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16724 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16725 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16727 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16729 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16732 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16734 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16737 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16739 ;;;***
16741 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16742 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16743 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20355 10021 546955
16744 ;;;;;; 0))
16745 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16747 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16748 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16749 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16750 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16752 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16754 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16755 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16756 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16758 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16760 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16761 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16762 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16764 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16766 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16767 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16768 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16769 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16771 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16773 ;;;***
16775 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16776 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20355 10021
16777 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
16778 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16780 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16781 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16782 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16783 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16784 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16785 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16786 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16787 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16789 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16790 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16793 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16795 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16797 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16798 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16799 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16800 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16801 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16802 `latin1-display-setup'.
16804 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16806 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16807 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16808 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16809 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16812 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16814 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16816 ;;;***
16818 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16819 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
16820 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16822 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16823 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16825 \(fn)" t nil)
16827 ;;;***
16829 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20545 57511 257469
16830 ;;;;;; 0))
16831 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16833 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16834 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16835 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16836 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16837 generations (this defaults to 1).
16839 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16841 ;;;***
16843 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16844 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
16845 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16847 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16848 Format used to display line numbers.
16849 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16850 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16851 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16852 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16854 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16856 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16857 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16858 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16859 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16860 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16862 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16866 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16867 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16868 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16869 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16870 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16871 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16873 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16875 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16876 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16877 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16878 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16879 ARG is omitted or nil.
16881 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16882 `linum-on' would do it.
16883 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16887 ;;;***
16889 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20476
16890 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
16891 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16893 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16894 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16895 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16896 is nil, raise an error.
16898 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16899 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16900 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16901 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16902 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16903 defined by the library.
16905 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16906 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16907 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16908 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16909 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16910 proceeds.
16912 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16913 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16914 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16915 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16917 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16919 ;;;***
16921 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16922 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
16923 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16925 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16926 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16927 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16929 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16931 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16932 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16933 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16934 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16936 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16937 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16938 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16939 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16940 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16941 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16942 the version.)
16944 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16945 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16947 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16948 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16950 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16951 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16953 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16955 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16956 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16957 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16958 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16959 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16960 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16961 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16962 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16963 to constrain a big search.
16965 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16967 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16968 except that FILTER is not optional.
16970 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16972 ;;;***
16974 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20477 21160
16975 ;;;;;; 227853 0))
16976 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16978 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16979 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16980 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16981 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16982 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16983 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16984 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16985 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16986 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16987 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16989 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16990 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16991 associated values:
16992 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16993 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16994 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16995 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16996 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16998 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16999 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17000 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17002 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17004 ;;;***
17006 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20515
17007 ;;;;;; 36389 544939 0))
17008 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17010 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17011 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17013 \(fn)" t nil)
17015 ;;;***
17017 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20355
17018 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
17019 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17021 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17022 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
17023 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
17024 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17025 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17027 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
17028 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
17029 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
17030 disk.
17032 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
17033 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
17034 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17036 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
17037 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
17039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17041 ;;;***
17043 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17044 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20476
17045 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
17046 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17048 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17049 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17051 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17052 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17054 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17055 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17056 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17058 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17059 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17061 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17062 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17063 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17064 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17065 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17066 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17067 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17069 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17071 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17072 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17073 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17074 switch on this list.
17075 See `lpr-command'.")
17077 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17079 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17080 Name of program for printing a file.
17082 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17083 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17084 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17085 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17086 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17087 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17088 argument.")
17090 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17092 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17093 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17094 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17095 for customization of the printer command.
17097 \(fn)" t nil)
17099 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17100 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17102 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17103 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17104 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17105 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17107 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17108 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17110 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17111 for further customization of the printer command.
17113 \(fn)" t nil)
17115 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17116 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17117 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17118 for customization of the printer command.
17120 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17122 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17123 Paginate and print the region contents.
17125 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17126 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17127 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17128 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17130 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17131 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17133 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17134 for further customization of the printer command.
17136 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17138 ;;;***
17140 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17141 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17142 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17144 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17145 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17146 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17148 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17150 ;;;***
17152 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20355
17153 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
17154 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17156 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17157 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17158 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17159 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17163 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17165 ;;;***
17167 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20355
17168 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
17169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17171 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17172 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17174 \(fn)" t nil)
17176 ;;;***
17178 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17179 ;;;;;; (20497 6436 957082 0))
17180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17182 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17183 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17184 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17185 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17186 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17188 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17190 ;;;***
17192 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17193 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20355 10021 546955
17194 ;;;;;; 0))
17195 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17197 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17198 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17199 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17200 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17201 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17203 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17205 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17206 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17207 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17208 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17210 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17211 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17212 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17213 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17214 bindings.
17216 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17217 use this command, and then save the file.
17219 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17221 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17222 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17223 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17224 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17225 each time the macro executes.
17226 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17227 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17228 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17229 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17230 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17231 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17232 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17234 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17236 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17237 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17238 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17239 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17241 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17242 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17243 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17244 execute.
17246 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17247 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17249 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17250 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17251 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17252 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17253 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17255 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17256 looked like this:
17258 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17259 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17260 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17262 You could enter the names in this format:
17268 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17270 \\C-x (
17271 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17272 \\C-x )
17274 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17275 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17277 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17278 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17280 ;;;***
17282 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17283 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17286 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17287 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17288 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17289 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17290 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17291 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17293 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17294 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17295 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17296 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17297 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17299 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17300 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17301 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17302 consing a string.)
17304 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17306 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17307 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17309 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17311 ;;;***
17313 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17314 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17315 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17316 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17318 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17319 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17321 \(fn)" nil nil)
17323 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17326 \(fn)" nil nil)
17328 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17329 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17331 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17333 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17334 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17335 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17336 message.
17338 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17340 \(fn)" nil nil)
17342 ;;;***
17344 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17345 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17346 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17347 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17348 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17350 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17351 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17352 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17353 often correct parser.")
17355 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17357 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17358 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17359 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17360 a value which excludes your own email address.
17362 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17363 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17365 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17367 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17368 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17370 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17372 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17373 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17374 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17375 we return it unconverted.
17377 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17378 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17380 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17382 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17383 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17384 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17385 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17387 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17389 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17390 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17391 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17392 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17394 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17396 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17397 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17398 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17399 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17400 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17401 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17402 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17403 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17404 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17405 as Rmail does.
17407 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17409 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17410 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17411 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17412 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17413 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17414 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17415 matches may be returned from the message body.
17417 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17419 ;;;***
17421 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17422 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20387
17423 ;;;;;; 44199 24128 0))
17424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17426 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17427 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17428 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17429 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17430 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17431 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17433 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17435 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17436 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17437 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17438 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17439 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17441 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17442 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17443 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17444 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17448 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17449 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17451 \(fn)" nil nil)
17453 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17454 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17455 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17457 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17459 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17460 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17461 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17463 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17464 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17465 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17466 double-quotes.
17468 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17470 ;;;***
17472 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17473 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17474 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17477 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17478 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17479 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17480 king@grassland.com
17481 If `parens', they look like:
17482 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17483 If `angles', they look like:
17484 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17486 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17488 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17489 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17490 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17491 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17492 their `Resent-' variants.
17494 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17495 removed from alias expansions.
17497 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17499 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17500 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17501 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17503 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17504 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17505 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17506 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17508 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17510 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17511 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17512 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17514 \(fn)" nil nil)
17516 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17517 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17518 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17519 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17521 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17523 ;;;***
17525 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17526 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17527 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17529 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17530 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17531 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17532 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17534 \(fn)" nil nil)
17536 ;;;***
17538 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17539 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17540 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20392 30149 675975
17541 ;;;;;; 59000))
17542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17544 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17545 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17547 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17548 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17549 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17550 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17551 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17552 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17554 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17555 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17556 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17557 dependency, despite the colon.
17559 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17561 In the browser, use the following keys:
17563 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17565 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17567 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17568 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17570 `makefile-target-colon':
17571 The string that gets appended to all target names
17572 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17573 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17575 `makefile-macro-assign':
17576 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17577 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17578 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17579 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17580 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17581 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17583 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17584 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17585 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17587 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17588 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17590 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17591 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17592 up or down in the browser.
17594 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17595 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17597 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17598 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17600 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17601 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17602 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17603 has been selected in the browser.
17605 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17606 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17607 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17608 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17609 filenames are omitted.
17611 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17612 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17613 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17614 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17615 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17616 the backslash itself intact.
17617 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17618 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17620 `makefile-browser-hook':
17621 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17622 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17624 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17625 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17626 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17627 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17629 \(fn)" t nil)
17631 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17632 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17634 \(fn)" t nil)
17636 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17637 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17639 \(fn)" t nil)
17641 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17642 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17644 \(fn)" t nil)
17646 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17647 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17649 \(fn)" t nil)
17651 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17652 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17654 \(fn)" t nil)
17656 ;;;***
17658 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20355
17659 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
17660 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17662 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17663 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17664 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17666 \(fn)" t nil)
17668 ;;;***
17670 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17671 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
17672 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17674 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17676 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17677 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17678 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17679 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17680 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17681 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17682 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17683 page, it will display immediately.
17685 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17686 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17687 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17689 cat(1)
17690 1 cat
17692 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17693 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17694 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17695 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17697 -a chmod
17699 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17700 otherwise look like a page name.
17702 /my/file/name.1.gz
17703 -l somefile.1
17705 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17706 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17707 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17709 -k pattern
17711 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17713 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17714 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17716 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17718 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17719 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17721 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17723 ;;;***
17725 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20355 10021
17726 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
17727 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17729 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17730 Toggle Master mode.
17731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17732 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17733 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17735 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17736 using the following commands:
17738 \\{master-mode-map}
17740 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17741 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17742 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17746 ;;;***
17748 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17749 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17750 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17752 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17753 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17754 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17756 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17757 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17759 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17761 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17762 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17764 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17765 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17767 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17768 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17769 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17770 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17774 ;;;***
17776 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17777 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17778 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17779 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17780 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17781 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17782 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
17783 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17785 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17787 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17788 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17789 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17790 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17791 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17792 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17793 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17794 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17795 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17796 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17797 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17798 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17799 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17800 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17801 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17802 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17803 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17804 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17805 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17806 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17807 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17808 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17809 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17810 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17811 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17812 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17813 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17814 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17815 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17816 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17817 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17818 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17819 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17820 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17821 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17822 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17823 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17824 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17826 \(fn)" t nil)
17828 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17829 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17830 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17831 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17832 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17834 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17836 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17837 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17839 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17841 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17842 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17844 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17846 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17847 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17849 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17851 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17852 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17853 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17855 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17857 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17858 Cancel an article you posted.
17859 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17863 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17864 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17865 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17866 header line with the old Message-ID.
17868 \(fn)" t nil)
17870 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17871 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17873 \(fn)" t nil)
17875 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17876 Forward the current message via mail.
17877 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17878 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17880 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17882 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17885 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17887 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17890 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17892 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17893 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17895 \(fn)" t nil)
17897 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17898 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17900 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17902 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17903 Re-mail the current message.
17904 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17905 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17906 you.
17908 \(fn)" t nil)
17910 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17911 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17913 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17915 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17916 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17918 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17920 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17921 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17923 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17925 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17926 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17928 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17930 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17931 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17932 Works by overstriking characters.
17933 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17934 which specify the range to operate on.
17936 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17938 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17939 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17940 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17941 which specify the range to operate on.
17943 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17945 ;;;***
17947 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17948 ;;;;;; (20399 35365 4050 0))
17949 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17951 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17952 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17954 \(fn)" t nil)
17956 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17957 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17959 \(fn)" t nil)
17961 ;;;***
17963 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17964 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17965 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17968 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17969 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17970 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17972 \(fn)" t nil)
17974 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17975 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17976 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17977 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17978 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17979 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17980 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17982 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17984 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17985 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17986 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17987 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17988 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17989 means current).
17990 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17991 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17993 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17995 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17996 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17997 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17998 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17999 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18000 means current).
18001 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18002 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18004 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18006 ;;;***
18008 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18009 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18010 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18011 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18013 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18014 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18015 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18017 \(fn)" t nil)
18019 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18020 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18021 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18023 \(fn)" t nil)
18025 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18026 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18028 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18029 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18030 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18032 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18033 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18035 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18036 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18038 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18040 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18042 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18043 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18044 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18045 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18046 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18047 as `compose-mail'.
18049 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18050 initial Subject field, respectively.
18052 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18053 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18054 are strings.
18056 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18057 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18059 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18061 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18062 Save draft and send message.
18064 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18065 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18066 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18067 Mail Delivery*\".
18069 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18070 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18071 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18073 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18074 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18075 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18076 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18077 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18078 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18080 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18081 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18083 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18084 message and scan line.
18086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18088 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18089 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18091 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18092 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18093 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18094 delete the draft message.
18096 \(fn)" t nil)
18098 ;;;***
18100 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20355 10021
18101 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
18102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18104 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18106 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18108 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18110 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18111 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18113 \(fn)" t nil)
18115 ;;;***
18117 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18118 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20371 55972 331861 0))
18119 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18121 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18122 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18123 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18125 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18126 the MH mail system.
18128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18130 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18131 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18132 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18134 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18135 the MH mail system.
18137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18139 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18140 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18142 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18143 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18144 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18145 separate command.
18147 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18148 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18149 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18150 format.
18152 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18154 Ranges
18155 ======
18156 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18157 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18158 can be used in several ways.
18160 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18161 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18162 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18163 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18164 page):
18166 <num1>-<num2>
18167 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18168 The range must be nonempty.
18170 <num>:N
18171 <num>:+N
18172 <num>:-N
18173 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18174 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18175 last.
18177 first:N
18178 prev:N
18179 next:N
18180 last:N
18181 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18184 All of the messages.
18186 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18187 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18189 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18190 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18191 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18193 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18195 \(fn)" t nil)
18197 ;;;***
18199 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18200 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
18201 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18203 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18204 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18205 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18206 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18207 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18208 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18209 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18210 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18211 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18212 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18213 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18215 \(fn)" t nil)
18217 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18218 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18219 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18220 to its second argument TM.
18222 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18224 ;;;***
18226 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18227 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18228 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18230 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18231 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18232 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18233 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18234 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18235 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18237 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18239 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18240 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18241 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18242 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18243 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18245 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18246 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18247 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18248 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18249 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18250 is modified to remove the default indication.
18252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18254 ;;;***
18256 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18257 ;;;;;; (20533 5993 500881 0))
18258 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18260 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18261 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18262 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18263 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18264 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18265 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18266 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18267 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18268 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18270 \(fn)" t nil)
18272 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18273 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18274 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18275 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18276 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18277 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18278 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18279 The return value is always nil.
18281 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18283 ;;;***
18285 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18286 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18287 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20490 33188 850375 0))
18288 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18289 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18291 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18292 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18294 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18295 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18296 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18297 next occurrence.
18299 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18300 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18301 end of the search space).
18303 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18304 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18305 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18306 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18307 should return the previous buffer to search.
18309 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18310 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18311 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18313 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18314 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18315 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18316 Isearch starts.")
18318 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18319 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18320 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18322 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18323 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18324 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18326 \(fn)" nil nil)
18328 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18329 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18330 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18331 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18332 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18333 whose names match the specified regexp.
18335 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18337 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18338 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18339 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18340 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18341 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18342 whose names match the specified regexp.
18344 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18346 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18347 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18348 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18349 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18350 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18351 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18352 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18354 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18356 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18357 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18358 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18359 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18360 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18361 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18362 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18364 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18366 ;;;***
18368 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18369 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18372 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18373 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18375 \(fn)" t nil)
18377 ;;;***
18379 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18380 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18383 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18384 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18386 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18388 ;;;***
18390 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18391 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18394 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18395 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18397 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18399 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18400 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18401 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18402 the entire message.
18403 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18405 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18407 ;;;***
18409 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18410 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18413 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18414 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18415 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18416 the entire message.
18417 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18419 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18421 ;;;***
18423 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18424 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20495 51111 757560 0))
18425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18427 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18428 Insert file contents of URL.
18429 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18431 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18433 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18434 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18436 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18438 ;;;***
18440 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18441 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18444 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18445 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18446 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18447 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18448 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18450 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18452 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18453 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18454 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18456 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18458 ;;;***
18460 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18461 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
18462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18464 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18465 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18467 \(fn)" nil nil)
18469 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18470 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18471 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18472 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]'.
18474 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18475 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18476 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18477 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18478 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18479 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18481 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18483 ;;;***
18485 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18486 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18489 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18492 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18494 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18497 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18499 ;;;***
18501 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18502 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18503 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18506 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18509 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18511 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18514 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18516 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18519 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18521 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18524 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18526 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18529 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18531 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18534 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18536 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18539 \(fn)" nil nil)
18541 ;;;***
18543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20406 8611
18544 ;;;;;; 875037 0))
18545 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18547 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18549 ;;;***
18551 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355
18552 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
18553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18555 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18557 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18558 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18559 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18560 followed by the first character of the construct.
18561 \\<m2-mode-map>
18562 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18563 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18564 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18565 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18566 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18567 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18568 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18569 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18570 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18571 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18572 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18573 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18574 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18575 \\[m2-link] link
18577 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18578 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18579 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18581 \(fn)" t nil)
18583 ;;;***
18585 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18586 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18587 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18589 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18590 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18592 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18594 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18595 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18597 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18599 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18600 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18602 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18604 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18605 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18607 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18609 ;;;***
18611 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18612 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18613 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18615 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18616 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18618 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18619 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18620 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18622 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18623 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18624 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18626 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18627 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18629 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18630 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18631 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18632 hemisphere you're in.)
18634 To test this function, evaluate:
18635 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18637 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18639 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18640 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18642 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18643 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18645 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18646 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18647 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18649 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18650 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18652 To test this function, evaluate:
18653 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18655 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18657 ;;;***
18659 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
18660 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18662 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18663 Main entry point for MPC.
18665 \(fn)" t nil)
18667 ;;;***
18669 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20545 57511 257469
18670 ;;;;;; 0))
18671 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18673 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18674 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18676 \(fn)" t nil)
18678 ;;;***
18680 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
18681 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18683 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18684 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18685 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18687 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18688 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18690 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18692 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18693 Toggle Msb mode.
18694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18695 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18696 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18698 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18699 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18703 ;;;***
18705 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18706 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18707 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18708 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18709 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18710 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18711 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18713 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18714 Display a list of all character sets.
18716 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18717 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18718 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18719 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18720 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18722 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18723 but still shows the full information.
18725 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18727 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18728 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18729 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18731 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18732 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18733 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18734 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18735 meanings of these arguments.
18737 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18739 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18740 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18742 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18744 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18745 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18747 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18749 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18750 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18752 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18754 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18755 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18757 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18758 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18759 in place of `..':
18760 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18761 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18762 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18763 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18764 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18765 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18766 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18767 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18768 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18769 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18770 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18771 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18772 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18773 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18774 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18775 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18777 \(fn)" t nil)
18779 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18780 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18782 \(fn)" t nil)
18784 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18785 Display a list of all coding systems.
18786 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18788 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18789 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18793 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18794 Display a list of all coding categories.
18796 \(fn)" nil nil)
18798 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18799 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18800 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18802 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18804 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18805 Display information about FONTSET.
18806 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18808 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18810 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18811 Display a list of all fontsets.
18812 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18813 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18814 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18816 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18818 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18819 Display information about all input methods.
18821 \(fn)" t nil)
18823 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18824 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18826 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18827 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18828 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18829 system which uses fontsets).
18831 \(fn)" t nil)
18833 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18834 Show log of font listing and opening.
18835 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18836 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18838 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18840 ;;;***
18842 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18843 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18844 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18845 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18846 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18847 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20355 10021 546955
18848 ;;;;;; 0))
18849 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18851 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18852 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18853 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18855 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18857 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18859 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18860 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18862 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18863 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18865 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18866 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18868 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18870 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18871 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18872 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18873 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18874 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18875 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18876 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18878 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18879 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18880 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18881 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18882 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18883 middle of a character in STR.
18885 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18886 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18888 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18889 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18890 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18891 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18892 defaults to \"...\".
18894 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18896 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18897 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18899 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18900 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18901 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18903 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18904 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18905 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18907 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18908 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18909 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18910 are considered.
18911 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18912 longer than KEYSEQ.
18913 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18915 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18917 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18918 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18919 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18920 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18921 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18922 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18923 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18924 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18925 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18926 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18927 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18929 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18931 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18932 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18934 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18936 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18937 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18939 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18941 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18942 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18944 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18946 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18947 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18949 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18951 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18952 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18953 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18954 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18955 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18957 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18958 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18960 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18961 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18962 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18963 coding systems ordered by priority.
18965 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18967 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18968 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18969 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18970 language environment LANG-ENV.
18972 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18974 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18975 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18976 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18977 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18978 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18979 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18981 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18983 ;;;***
18985 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18986 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18987 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18988 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20355
18989 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
18990 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18992 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18993 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18995 \(fn)" t nil)
18997 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18998 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19000 \(fn)" t nil)
19002 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19003 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19005 \(fn)" t nil)
19007 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19008 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19010 \(fn)" t nil)
19012 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19013 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19015 \(fn)" t nil)
19017 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19018 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19020 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19022 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19023 Ping HOST.
19024 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19025 `ping-program-options'.
19027 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19029 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19030 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19032 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19034 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19035 Run nslookup program.
19037 \(fn)" t nil)
19039 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19040 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19042 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19044 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19045 Run dig program.
19047 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19049 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19050 Run ftp program.
19052 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19054 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19055 Finger USER on HOST.
19057 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19059 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19060 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19061 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19062 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19064 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19066 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19069 \(fn)" t nil)
19071 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19072 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19074 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19076 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19077 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19079 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19081 ;;;***
19083 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20495
19084 ;;;;;; 51111 757560 0))
19085 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19087 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19088 Return a user name/password pair.
19089 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19090 listed in the PORTS list.
19092 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19094 ;;;***
19096 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19097 ;;;;;; (20369 14251 85829 0))
19098 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19100 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19101 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19102 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19103 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19104 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19105 closes it.
19107 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19108 make it unique.
19109 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19110 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19111 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19112 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19113 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19114 a port number to connect to.
19116 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19117 values:
19119 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19120 nil or `network'
19121 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19122 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19123 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19124 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19125 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19126 an unencrypted connection.
19127 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19128 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19129 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19130 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19131 returned object is a killed process.
19132 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19133 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19134 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19136 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19137 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19138 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19139 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19140 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19141 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19142 or nil if none could be found.
19143 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19144 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19146 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19148 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19149 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19150 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19152 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19153 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19154 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19156 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19157 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19158 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19160 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19161 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19162 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19163 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19165 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19166 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19168 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19169 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19170 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19171 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19172 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19173 or STARTTLS connections.
19175 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19176 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19178 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19179 asynchronously, if possible.
19181 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19183 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19185 ;;;***
19187 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19188 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
19189 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19191 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19192 Check whether newsticker is running.
19193 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19194 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19196 \(fn)" nil nil)
19198 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19199 Start the newsticker.
19200 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19201 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19202 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19203 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19205 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19207 ;;;***
19209 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19210 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
19211 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19213 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19214 Start newsticker plainview.
19216 \(fn)" t nil)
19218 ;;;***
19220 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19221 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19224 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19225 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19227 \(fn)" t nil)
19229 ;;;***
19231 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19232 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20427 14766 970343
19233 ;;;;;; 0))
19234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19236 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19237 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19238 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19239 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19240 empty.
19242 \(fn)" nil nil)
19244 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19245 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19246 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19247 running already.
19249 \(fn)" t nil)
19251 ;;;***
19253 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19254 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
19255 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19257 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19258 Start newsticker treeview.
19260 \(fn)" t nil)
19262 ;;;***
19264 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19265 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
19266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19268 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19269 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19271 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19273 ;;;***
19275 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20355
19276 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
19277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19279 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19280 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19281 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19282 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19283 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19284 symbol in the alist.
19286 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19288 ;;;***
19290 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19291 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
19292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19294 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19295 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19296 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19298 \(fn)" t nil)
19300 ;;;***
19302 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19303 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
19304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19306 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19307 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19309 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19311 ;;;***
19313 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19314 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19317 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19319 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19320 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19321 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19323 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19326 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19328 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19329 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19330 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19331 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19332 to future sessions.
19334 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19336 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19337 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19338 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19339 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19340 to future sessions.
19342 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19344 ;;;***
19346 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19347 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
19348 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19350 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19351 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19352 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19353 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19354 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19355 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19357 \(fn)" t nil)
19359 ;;;***
19361 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19362 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
19363 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19365 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19366 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19367 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19368 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19370 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19372 ;;;***
19374 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20478
19375 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
19376 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19378 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19379 Major mode for editing XML.
19381 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19382 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19383 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19384 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19385 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19386 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19387 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19389 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19391 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19392 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19394 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19395 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19396 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19397 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19398 instead of C-c.
19400 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19401 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19402 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19403 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19404 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19405 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19407 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19408 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19409 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19411 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19412 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19413 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19415 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19416 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19417 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19418 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19419 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19420 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19421 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19422 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19423 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19425 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19427 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19428 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19430 \(fn)" t nil)
19432 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19434 ;;;***
19436 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19437 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
19438 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19440 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19441 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19442 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19443 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19445 \(fn)" t nil)
19447 ;;;***
19449 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19450 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19451 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19452 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19453 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-executables org-babel-map-call-lines org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks
19454 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
19455 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
19456 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-insert-header-arg
19457 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19458 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19459 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19460 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19461 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20417 65331 139825 0))
19462 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19464 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19467 \(fn)" nil nil)
19469 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19472 \(fn)" t nil)
19474 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19475 Display information on the current source block.
19476 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19477 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19479 \(fn)" t nil)
19481 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19482 Conditionally expand a source block.
19483 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19484 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19486 \(fn)" t nil)
19488 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19489 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19490 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19491 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19493 \(fn)" t nil)
19495 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19496 Conditionally pop to a session.
19497 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19498 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19500 \(fn)" t nil)
19502 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19503 Execute the current source code block.
19504 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19505 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19506 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19508 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if an existing
19509 result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been returned.
19511 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19512 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19514 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19515 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19516 block.
19518 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19520 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19521 Expand the current source code block.
19522 Expand according to the source code block's header
19523 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19525 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19527 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19528 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19530 \(fn)" t nil)
19532 (autoload 'org-babel-insert-header-arg "ob" "\
19533 Insert a header argument selecting from lists of common args and values.
19535 \(fn)" t nil)
19537 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19538 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19539 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19540 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19541 session.
19543 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19545 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19546 Initiate session for current code block.
19547 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19548 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19549 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19551 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19553 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19554 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19555 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19556 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19557 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19559 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19561 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19562 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19564 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19566 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19567 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19568 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19569 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19570 results already exist.
19572 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19574 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19575 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19576 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19577 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19578 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19580 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19581 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19582 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19583 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19584 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19585 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19586 switches --------- string holding the switches
19587 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19588 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19589 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19590 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19591 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19592 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19593 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19594 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19596 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19598 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19600 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19601 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19602 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19603 buffer.
19605 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19607 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19609 (autoload 'org-babel-map-call-lines "ob" "\
19610 Evaluate BODY forms on each call line in FILE.
19611 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19612 buffer.
19614 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19616 (put 'org-babel-map-call-lines 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19618 (autoload 'org-babel-map-executables "ob" "\
19621 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19623 (put 'org-babel-map-executables 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19625 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19626 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19627 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19628 the current buffer.
19630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19632 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19633 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19634 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19635 the current subtree.
19637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19639 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19640 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19642 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19644 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19645 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19647 \(fn)" t nil)
19649 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19650 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19652 \(fn)" t nil)
19654 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19655 Go to a named source-code block.
19657 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19659 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19660 Go to a named result.
19662 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19664 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19665 Jump to the next source block.
19666 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19670 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19671 Jump to the previous source block.
19672 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19676 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19677 Mark current src block
19679 \(fn)" t nil)
19681 ;;;***
19683 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19684 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
19685 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19687 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19688 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19690 \(fn)" t nil)
19692 ;;;***
19694 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19695 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20355 10021
19696 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
19697 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19699 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19700 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19701 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19703 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19705 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19706 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19707 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19708 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19710 \(fn)" t nil)
19712 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19713 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19715 \(fn)" nil nil)
19717 ;;;***
19719 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19720 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19721 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
19722 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19724 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19725 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19726 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19727 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19728 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19729 then the name of the language is used.")
19731 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19733 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19734 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19735 This function exports the source code using
19736 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19737 `load-file'.
19739 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19741 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19742 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19743 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19744 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19745 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19746 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19748 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19750 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19751 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19752 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19753 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19754 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19755 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19756 exported source code blocks by language.
19758 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19760 ;;;***
19762 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19763 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
19764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19766 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19767 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19768 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19770 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19772 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19773 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19775 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19776 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19777 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19781 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19783 ;;;***
19785 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19786 ;;;;;; (20388 65061 302484 0))
19787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19789 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19790 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19792 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19793 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19794 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19795 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19797 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19798 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19799 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19800 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19801 is why you need this mode!).
19803 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19804 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19805 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19807 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19809 Keybindings
19810 ===========
19812 \\{octave-mode-map}
19814 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19815 ==============================================
19817 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19818 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19819 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19821 `octave-block-offset'
19822 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19823 Default is 2.
19825 `octave-continuation-offset'
19826 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19827 Default is 4.
19829 `octave-continuation-string'
19830 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19831 Default is a backslash.
19833 `octave-send-echo-input'
19834 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19835 command to the inferior Octave process.
19837 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19838 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19839 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19841 `octave-send-echo-input'
19842 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19844 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19846 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19847 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19849 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19851 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19852 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19854 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19855 (lambda ()
19856 (abbrev-mode 1)
19857 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19859 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19860 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19861 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19862 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19864 \(fn)" t nil)
19866 ;;;***
19868 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19869 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19870 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19871 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19872 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19873 ;;;;;; org-mode org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19874 ;;;;;; (20420 41510 996439 0))
19875 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19877 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19878 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19880 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19882 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19883 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19884 With prefix arg HERE, insert it at point.
19886 \(fn &optional HERE)" t nil)
19888 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19889 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19890 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19892 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19893 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19894 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19895 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19896 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19897 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19898 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19899 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19900 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19901 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19903 The following commands are available:
19905 \\{org-mode-map}
19907 \(fn)" t nil)
19909 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19911 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19912 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19913 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19914 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19918 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19919 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19920 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19921 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19922 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19923 defined by Org-mode).
19925 M-up Move entry/item up
19926 M-down Move entry/item down
19927 M-left Promote
19928 M-right Demote
19929 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19930 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19931 M-S-left Promote subtree
19932 M-S-right Demote subtree
19933 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19934 C-c ^ Sort entries
19935 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19936 TAB Cycle item visibility
19937 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19938 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19939 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19943 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19944 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19946 \(fn)" nil nil)
19948 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19949 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19951 \(fn)" nil nil)
19953 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19954 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19955 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19956 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19957 call CMD.
19959 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19961 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19962 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19963 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19964 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19966 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19967 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19968 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19970 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19972 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19973 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19974 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19976 \(fn)" t nil)
19978 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19979 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19980 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19981 Org-mode syntax.
19983 \(fn)" t nil)
19985 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19986 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19988 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19990 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19991 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19993 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19994 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19995 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19996 returned as a list.
19998 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19999 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
20000 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
20001 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
20002 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
20003 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
20004 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
20005 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
20006 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
20007 position.
20009 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
20010 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
20011 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
20012 visited by the iteration.
20014 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
20016 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
20017 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
20018 region The entries within the active region, if any
20019 region-start-level
20020 The entries within the active region, but only those at
20021 the same level than the first one.
20022 file The current buffer, without restriction
20023 file-with-archives
20024 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
20025 agenda All agenda files
20026 agenda-with-archives
20027 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
20028 \(file1 file2 ...)
20029 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
20031 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
20032 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
20034 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
20035 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
20036 function or Emacs Lisp form:
20037 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
20038 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
20039 entry and search will continue from the point where the
20040 function leaves it.
20042 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
20043 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
20044 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
20045 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
20046 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
20047 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
20048 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
20049 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
20051 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
20053 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
20054 Switch between Org buffers.
20055 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
20056 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
20058 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
20059 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
20061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20063 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
20065 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
20067 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
20068 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
20069 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
20070 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
20072 \(fn)" t nil)
20074 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
20075 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
20077 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20079 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20080 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20081 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20083 \(fn)" t nil)
20085 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
20088 \(fn)" t nil)
20090 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20091 Reload all org lisp files.
20092 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20094 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20096 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20097 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20099 \(fn)" t nil)
20101 ;;;***
20103 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
20104 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
20105 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
20106 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
20107 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20420 41510
20108 ;;;;;; 996439 0))
20109 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20111 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20112 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20113 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20114 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20116 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20117 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20118 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20119 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20120 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20121 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20122 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20123 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20124 e Export views to associated files.
20125 s Search entries for keywords.
20126 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20127 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20128 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20129 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20130 > Remove a previous restriction.
20131 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20132 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20133 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20135 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20136 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20137 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20139 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20140 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20141 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20142 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20143 \(if active).
20145 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20147 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20148 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20149 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20150 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20151 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20152 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20153 before running the agenda command.
20155 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20157 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20158 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20159 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20160 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20161 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20162 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20163 before running the agenda command.
20165 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20166 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20168 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20170 category The category of the item
20171 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20172 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20173 todo selected in TODO match
20174 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20175 diary imported from diary
20176 deadline a deadline on given date
20177 scheduled scheduled on given date
20178 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20179 closed entry was closed on given date
20180 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20181 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20182 block entry has date block including g. date
20183 todo The todo keyword, if any
20184 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20185 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20186 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20187 extra Sting with extra planning info
20188 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20189 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20190 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20192 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20194 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20197 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20199 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20200 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20202 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20204 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20205 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20206 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20207 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20209 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20210 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20211 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20213 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20214 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20216 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20218 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20219 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20221 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20222 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20223 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20224 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20225 EDIT-AT.
20227 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20228 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20229 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20230 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20231 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20232 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20234 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20235 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20236 including newlines.
20238 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20239 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20240 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20241 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20242 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20243 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20244 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20246 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20247 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20248 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20249 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20251 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20252 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20253 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20254 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20255 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20256 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20257 Boolean search must match as full words.
20259 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20260 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20262 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20264 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20265 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20266 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20267 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20268 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20269 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20271 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20273 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20274 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20275 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20277 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20279 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20280 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20281 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20282 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20283 `org-stuck-projects'.
20285 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20287 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20288 Return diary information from org-files.
20289 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20290 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20291 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20292 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20293 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20295 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20297 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20299 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20300 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20302 &%%(org-diary)
20304 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20305 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20306 So the example above may also be written as
20308 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20310 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20311 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20312 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20314 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20316 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20317 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20319 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20321 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20322 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20323 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20325 \(fn)" t nil)
20327 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20328 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20329 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20330 appointments.
20332 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20333 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20335 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20336 for filtering entries out.
20338 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20339 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20340 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20342 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20343 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20345 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20346 (category \"Work\"))
20348 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20349 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20351 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20352 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20353 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20354 details and examples.
20356 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20358 ;;;***
20360 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20361 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20362 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
20363 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20365 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20366 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20367 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20369 \(fn)" t nil)
20371 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20372 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20373 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20375 \(fn)" t nil)
20377 ;;;***
20379 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20380 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20381 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20382 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20355
20383 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
20384 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20386 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20387 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20389 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20391 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20392 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20394 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20396 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20397 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20399 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20401 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20402 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20404 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20406 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20407 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20408 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20410 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20412 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20413 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20414 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20415 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20416 command to convert it.
20418 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20420 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20421 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20422 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20423 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20424 cut-and-paste operations.
20425 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20426 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20427 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20428 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20430 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20432 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20433 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20435 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20437 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20438 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20439 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20440 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20441 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20442 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20443 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20444 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20445 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20446 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20447 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20448 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20449 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20450 publishing directory.
20452 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20454 ;;;***
20456 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20355
20457 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
20458 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20460 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20461 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20462 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20464 \(fn)" t nil)
20466 ;;;***
20468 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20469 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
20470 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20472 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20473 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20475 \(fn)" nil nil)
20477 ;;;***
20479 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20480 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20355 10021
20481 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
20482 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20484 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20485 Capture something.
20486 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20487 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20488 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20489 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20490 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20491 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20493 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20494 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20495 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20496 stored.
20498 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20500 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20501 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20502 bypassed.
20504 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20506 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20509 \(fn)" nil nil)
20511 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20512 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20514 \(fn)" t nil)
20516 ;;;***
20518 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20519 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20427 14766 970343 0))
20520 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20522 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20523 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20524 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20525 fontified, and then returned.
20527 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20529 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20530 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20532 \(fn)" nil nil)
20534 ;;;***
20536 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20537 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
20538 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20540 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20541 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20542 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20543 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20544 tree can be found.
20546 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20548 ;;;***
20550 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20551 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20552 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20553 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
20554 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20556 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20557 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20558 This function can be used in batch processing.
20560 For example:
20562 $ emacs --batch
20563 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20564 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20566 \(fn)" nil nil)
20568 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20569 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20570 No file is created.
20572 \(fn)" t nil)
20574 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20575 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20576 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20577 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20578 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20579 then use this command to convert it.
20581 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20583 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20584 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20585 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20586 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20587 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20588 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20589 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20590 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20591 could call this function in the following way:
20593 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20595 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20596 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20598 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20600 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20601 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20603 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20605 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20606 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20608 \(fn)" t nil)
20610 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20611 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20612 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20613 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20614 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20615 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20616 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20617 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20618 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20619 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20620 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20621 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20622 publishing directory.
20624 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20626 ;;;***
20628 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20629 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20630 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
20631 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20633 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20634 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20635 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20636 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20637 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20639 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20640 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20641 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20643 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20644 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20645 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20649 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20650 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20651 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20652 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20653 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20654 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20655 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20656 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20657 command.
20659 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20661 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20662 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20663 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20664 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20665 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20667 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20668 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20669 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20670 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20672 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20673 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20674 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20676 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20677 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20678 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20679 directory.
20681 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20683 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20684 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20686 \(fn)" t nil)
20688 ;;;***
20690 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20691 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20355
20692 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
20693 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20695 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20696 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20698 \(fn)" t nil)
20700 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20701 Get inbox items from FEED.
20702 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20703 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20705 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20707 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20708 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20710 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20712 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20713 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20715 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20717 ;;;***
20719 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20720 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20378 29222 722320 0))
20721 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20723 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20724 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20726 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20728 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20729 to create them otherwise.
20731 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20732 interactively.
20734 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20736 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20738 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20739 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20741 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20742 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20743 Org-mode exporters.
20745 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20746 referenced sequence.
20748 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20749 export properties of the buffer.
20751 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20752 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing
20753 buffer. Some exporters (docbook, odt...) expect footnote
20754 definitions to be available before any references to them. Such
20755 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor'
20756 to symbol `point-min' to achieve the desired behaviour.
20758 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20759 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20760 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20761 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20762 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20764 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20766 ;;;***
20768 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20769 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20770 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20771 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
20772 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20774 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20775 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20776 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20777 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20778 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20779 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20780 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20781 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20782 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20783 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20784 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20785 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20786 directory.
20788 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20790 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20792 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20793 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20795 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20797 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20798 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20799 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20801 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20803 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20804 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20805 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20806 have them in `org-mode'.
20808 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20809 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20810 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20811 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20812 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20813 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20815 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20817 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20818 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20820 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20822 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20823 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20825 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20827 ;;;***
20829 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20830 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20831 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20832 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
20833 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20835 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20837 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20839 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20841 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20842 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20843 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20844 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20845 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20847 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20849 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20850 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20851 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20852 emacs --batch
20853 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20854 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20855 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20857 \(fn)" nil nil)
20859 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20860 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20861 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20863 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20865 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20866 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20867 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20868 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20869 command to convert it.
20871 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20873 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20874 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20875 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20876 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20877 cut-and-paste operations.
20878 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20879 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20880 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20881 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20883 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20885 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20886 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20888 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20890 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20891 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20892 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20893 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20894 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20895 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20896 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20897 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20898 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20899 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20900 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20901 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20902 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20903 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20904 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20906 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20908 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20909 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20910 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20911 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20912 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20913 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20914 need into your CSS file.
20916 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20917 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20918 that uses these same face definitions.
20920 \(fn)" t nil)
20922 ;;;***
20924 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20925 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20926 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
20927 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20929 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20930 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20931 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20932 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20934 \(fn)" t nil)
20936 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20937 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20938 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20939 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20941 \(fn)" t nil)
20943 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20944 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20945 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20947 \(fn)" t nil)
20949 ;;;***
20951 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20952 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20953 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20954 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
20955 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20957 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20958 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20959 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20960 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20962 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20964 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20965 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20966 Create an ID if necessary.
20968 \(fn)" t nil)
20970 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20971 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20972 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20973 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20974 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20975 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20976 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20978 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20980 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20981 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20982 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20983 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20984 eligible.
20985 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20987 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20989 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20990 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20991 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20992 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20994 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20996 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20997 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20998 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
21000 \(fn ID)" t nil)
21002 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
21003 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
21004 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
21005 if there is no entry with that ID.
21006 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
21008 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
21010 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
21011 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
21013 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
21015 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
21016 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
21018 \(fn)" t nil)
21020 ;;;***
21022 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
21023 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
21024 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
21026 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
21027 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
21029 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' and `wrap-prefix'
21030 properties, after each buffer modification, on the modified zone.
21032 The process is synchronous. Though, initial indentation of
21033 buffer, which can take a few seconds on large buffers, is done
21034 during idle time.
21036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21038 ;;;***
21040 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
21041 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
21042 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
21044 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
21045 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
21047 \(fn)" nil nil)
21049 ;;;***
21051 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
21052 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
21053 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
21054 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
21055 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
21057 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
21058 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
21059 For example:
21061 emacs --batch
21062 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21063 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21064 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
21066 \(fn)" nil nil)
21068 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
21069 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
21070 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
21072 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21074 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
21075 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
21076 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
21077 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
21078 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
21079 then use this command to convert it.
21081 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21083 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21084 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
21085 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21086 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21087 cut-and-paste operations.
21088 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21089 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21090 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
21091 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21093 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
21095 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21096 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21098 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
21100 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21101 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
21102 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21103 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21104 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
21105 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
21106 convert them as description lists.
21107 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21108 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
21109 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
21110 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
21111 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
21112 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
21113 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
21114 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
21115 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
21116 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
21117 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21119 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21121 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
21122 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
21124 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21126 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
21127 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
21129 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21131 ;;;***
21133 ;;;### (autoloads (org-lparse-region org-replace-region-by org-lparse-to-buffer
21134 ;;;;;; org-lparse-batch org-lparse-and-open) "org-lparse" "org/org-lparse.el"
21135 ;;;;;; (20417 65331 139825 0))
21136 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lparse.el
21138 (autoload 'org-lparse-and-open "org-lparse" "\
21139 Export outline to TARGET-BACKEND via NATIVE-BACKEND and open exported file.
21140 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21141 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21142 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21143 lists.
21145 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND NATIVE-BACKEND ARG &optional FILE-OR-BUF)" nil nil)
21147 (autoload 'org-lparse-batch "org-lparse" "\
21148 Call the function `org-lparse'.
21149 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21150 emacs --batch
21151 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21152 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21153 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-lparse-batch
21155 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND &optional NATIVE-BACKEND)" nil nil)
21157 (autoload 'org-lparse-to-buffer "org-lparse" "\
21158 Call `org-lparse' with output to a temporary buffer.
21159 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to
21160 `org-lparse'.
21162 \(fn BACKEND ARG)" nil nil)
21164 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by "org-lparse" "\
21165 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
21166 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
21167 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use
21168 this command to convert it.
21170 \(fn BACKEND BEG END)" nil nil)
21172 (autoload 'org-lparse-region "org-lparse" "\
21173 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
21174 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21175 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21176 cut-and-paste operations.
21177 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21178 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21179 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
21180 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21182 (setq html (org-lparse-region \"html\" beg end t 'string))
21184 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21185 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21187 \(fn BACKEND BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" nil nil)
21189 ;;;***
21191 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
21192 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20355
21193 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
21194 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
21196 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
21197 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
21198 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
21199 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
21201 \(fn)" t nil)
21203 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
21204 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
21205 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
21206 agenda view showing the flagged items.
21208 \(fn)" t nil)
21210 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21211 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21213 \(fn)" t nil)
21215 ;;;***
21217 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-odf-and-open org-export-as-odf org-export-odt-convert
21218 ;;;;;; org-export-as-odt org-export-as-odt-batch org-export-as-odt-and-open)
21219 ;;;;;; "org-odt" "org/org-odt.el" (20417 65331 139825 0))
21220 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-odt.el
21222 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-and-open "org-odt" "\
21223 Export the outline as ODT and immediately open it with a browser.
21224 If there is an active region, export only the region.
21225 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21226 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
21228 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21230 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-batch "org-odt" "\
21231 Call the function `org-lparse-batch'.
21232 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21233 emacs --batch
21234 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21235 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21236 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-odt-batch
21238 \(fn)" nil nil)
21240 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt "org-odt" "\
21241 Export the outline as a OpenDocumentText file.
21242 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21243 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21244 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21245 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21246 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
21247 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
21248 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
21249 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
21250 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
21251 resulting XML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
21252 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
21253 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
21254 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21256 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21258 (autoload 'org-export-odt-convert "org-odt" "\
21259 Convert IN-FILE to format OUT-FMT using a command line converter.
21260 IN-FILE is the file to be converted. If unspecified, it defaults
21261 to variable `buffer-file-name'. OUT-FMT is the desired output
21262 format. Use `org-export-odt-convert-process' as the converter.
21263 If PREFIX-ARG is non-nil then the newly converted file is opened
21264 using `org-open-file'.
21266 \(fn &optional IN-FILE OUT-FMT PREFIX-ARG)" t nil)
21268 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf "org-odt" "\
21269 Export LATEX-FRAG as OpenDocument formula file ODF-FILE.
21270 Use `org-create-math-formula' to convert LATEX-FRAG first to
21271 MathML. When invoked as an interactive command, use
21272 `org-latex-regexps' to infer LATEX-FRAG from currently active
21273 region. If no LaTeX fragments are found, prompt for it. Push
21274 MathML source to kill ring, if `org-export-copy-to-kill-ring' is
21275 non-nil.
21277 \(fn LATEX-FRAG &optional ODF-FILE)" t nil)
21279 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf-and-open "org-odt" "\
21280 Export LaTeX fragment as OpenDocument formula and immediately open it.
21281 Use `org-export-as-odf' to read LaTeX fragment and OpenDocument
21282 formula file.
21284 \(fn)" t nil)
21286 ;;;***
21288 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21289 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
21290 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21292 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21293 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21294 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21295 line directly before or after the table.
21297 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21299 ;;;***
21301 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21302 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21303 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
21304 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21306 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21308 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21309 Publish PROJECT.
21311 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21313 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21314 Publish all projects.
21315 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21316 directory and force publishing all files.
21318 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21320 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21321 Publish the current file.
21322 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21324 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21326 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21327 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21328 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21329 the project.
21331 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21333 ;;;***
21335 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21336 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21337 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20420 41510 996439 0))
21338 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21340 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21341 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21343 \(fn)" nil nil)
21345 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21346 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21347 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21348 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21349 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
21351 \(fn)" nil nil)
21353 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21354 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21355 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21356 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21358 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21360 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21361 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21362 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21363 of the remember buffer.
21365 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21366 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21367 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21368 note stored by remember.
21370 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21371 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21373 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21375 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21376 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21377 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21378 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21379 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21380 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21381 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21382 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21383 process is used to select the target location.
21385 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21386 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21388 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21389 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21390 currently running.
21392 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21393 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21394 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21395 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21397 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21398 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21399 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21400 some additional data.
21402 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21403 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21404 \(i.e. after the stars).
21406 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21408 \(fn)" nil nil)
21410 ;;;***
21412 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
21413 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20417 65331 139825 0))
21414 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21416 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21417 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21419 \(fn)" nil nil)
21421 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21422 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21426 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21427 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21428 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21429 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21430 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21432 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21434 ;;;***
21436 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21437 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20355 10021 546955
21438 ;;;;;; 0))
21439 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21441 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21442 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21443 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21444 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21445 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21446 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21447 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21448 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21449 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21450 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21451 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21452 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21454 \(fn)" t nil)
21456 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21457 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21458 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21460 \(fn)" t nil)
21462 ;;;***
21464 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21465 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
21466 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
21467 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21469 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21470 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21471 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21472 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21473 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21474 without user interaction.
21475 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21476 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21477 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21478 the region 0:00:00.
21480 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21482 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21483 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21484 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21485 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21486 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21487 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21488 that was not started at the correct moment.
21490 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21491 it in the buffer.
21493 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21495 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21496 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21498 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21500 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21501 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21505 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21506 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21508 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21509 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21510 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21512 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21513 the duration of the timer.
21515 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21516 without prompting the user for a duration.
21518 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21519 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21520 replace any running timer.
21522 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21524 ;;;***
21526 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21527 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
21528 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21530 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21531 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21532 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21534 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21536 ;;;***
21538 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21539 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
21540 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21541 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21542 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21544 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21545 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21546 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21547 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21549 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21550 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21551 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21552 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21554 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21555 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21556 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21557 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21558 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21559 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21561 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21562 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21563 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21565 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21566 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21567 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21568 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21569 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21570 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21571 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21572 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21573 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21574 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21575 The subheadings remain visible.
21576 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21578 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21579 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21580 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21582 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21583 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21585 \(fn)" t nil)
21587 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21588 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21589 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21590 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21591 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21593 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21596 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21598 ;;;***
21600 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21601 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21602 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21603 ;;;;;; (20440 26788 208175 0))
21604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21606 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21607 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21608 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21609 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21610 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21612 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21613 activate the package system at any time.")
21615 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21617 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21618 Install the package named NAME.
21619 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21620 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21622 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21624 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21625 Install a package from the current buffer.
21626 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21627 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21628 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21630 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21631 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21632 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21634 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21636 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21637 Install a package from a file.
21638 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21640 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
21642 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21643 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21644 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21645 makes them available for download.
21647 \(fn)" t nil)
21649 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21650 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21651 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21652 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21654 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21656 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21657 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21659 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21661 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21662 Display a list of packages.
21663 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21664 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21665 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21667 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21669 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21671 ;;;***
21673 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20542 50478
21674 ;;;;;; 439878 507000))
21675 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21677 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21678 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21679 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21682 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21684 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21686 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21687 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21689 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21690 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21692 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
21693 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21694 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21698 ;;;***
21700 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21701 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
21702 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21703 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21705 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21706 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21707 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21708 unknown are returned as nil.
21710 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21712 ;;;***
21714 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20478
21715 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
21716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21718 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21719 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21720 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21722 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21723 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21725 Other useful functions are:
21727 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21728 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21729 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21730 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21731 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21732 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21733 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21734 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21735 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21737 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21739 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21740 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21741 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21742 Indentation for case statements.
21743 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21744 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21745 mark after an end.
21746 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21747 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21748 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21749 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21750 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21751 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21752 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21753 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21754 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21755 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21757 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21758 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21760 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21761 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21763 \(fn)" t nil)
21765 ;;;***
21767 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21768 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20355 10021 546955
21769 ;;;;;; 0))
21770 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21772 (defvar password-cache t "\
21773 Whether to cache passwords.")
21775 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21777 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21778 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21779 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21781 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21783 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21784 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21786 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21788 ;;;***
21790 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21791 ;;;;;; (20497 6436 957082 0))
21792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21794 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21795 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21796 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21798 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21799 _ matches anything.
21800 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
21801 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21802 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21803 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21804 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21805 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21806 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21807 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21808 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21809 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21811 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21812 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21813 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21814 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21815 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21816 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21818 PRED can take the form
21819 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21820 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
21821 which is the value being matched.
21822 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21823 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21824 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21825 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21826 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21828 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
21830 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21832 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21833 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21834 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21835 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21837 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21839 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21841 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21842 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21843 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21844 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21846 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21848 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21850 ;;;***
21852 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20355
21853 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
21854 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21856 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21857 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21859 \(fn)" nil nil)
21861 ;;;***
21863 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21864 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
21865 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21867 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21868 Completion for `gzip'.
21870 \(fn)" nil nil)
21872 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21873 Completion for `bzip2'.
21875 \(fn)" nil nil)
21877 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21878 Completion for GNU `make'.
21880 \(fn)" nil nil)
21882 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21883 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21885 \(fn)" nil nil)
21887 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21889 ;;;***
21891 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21892 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
21893 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21895 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21896 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21898 \(fn)" nil nil)
21900 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21901 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21903 \(fn)" nil nil)
21905 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21906 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21908 \(fn)" nil nil)
21910 ;;;***
21912 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20523
21913 ;;;;;; 62082 997685 0))
21914 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21916 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21917 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21919 \(fn)" nil nil)
21921 ;;;***
21923 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21924 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21925 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20376 40834 914217
21926 ;;;;;; 0))
21927 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21929 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21930 Completion for `cd'.
21932 \(fn)" nil nil)
21934 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21936 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21937 Completion for `rmdir'.
21939 \(fn)" nil nil)
21941 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21942 Completion for `rm'.
21944 \(fn)" nil nil)
21946 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21947 Completion for `xargs'.
21949 \(fn)" nil nil)
21951 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21953 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21954 Completion for `which'.
21956 \(fn)" nil nil)
21958 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21959 Completion for the `chown' command.
21961 \(fn)" nil nil)
21963 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21964 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21966 \(fn)" nil nil)
21968 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21969 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21971 \(fn)" nil nil)
21973 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21974 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21975 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21977 \(fn)" nil nil)
21979 ;;;***
21981 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21982 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21983 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20523
21984 ;;;;;; 62082 997685 0))
21985 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21987 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21988 Support extensible programmable completion.
21989 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21990 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21992 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21994 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21995 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21997 \(fn)" t nil)
21999 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
22000 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22001 This will modify the current buffer.
22003 \(fn)" t nil)
22005 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
22006 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
22008 \(fn)" t nil)
22010 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
22011 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22012 This will modify the current buffer.
22014 \(fn)" t nil)
22016 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
22017 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
22019 \(fn)" t nil)
22021 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
22022 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
22024 \(fn)" t nil)
22026 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
22027 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
22028 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
22029 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
22030 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
22032 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
22034 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
22035 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
22037 \(fn)" nil nil)
22039 ;;;***
22041 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
22042 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
22043 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
22044 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
22046 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
22047 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
22048 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
22049 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22051 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
22053 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
22055 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
22056 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
22057 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22058 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22059 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22060 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22061 FLAGS is ignored.
22063 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
22065 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
22066 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
22067 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
22068 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22069 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22070 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22071 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22072 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22074 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22076 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
22077 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22078 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22079 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22080 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22081 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22082 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
22083 passed to cvs.
22085 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
22087 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
22088 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22089 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22090 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22091 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22092 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22093 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22095 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22097 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
22098 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
22099 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
22101 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
22103 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
22104 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
22105 A value of nil means never do it.
22106 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
22107 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
22108 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
22110 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
22112 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
22113 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
22114 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
22116 ;;;***
22118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20476 31768
22119 ;;;;;; 298871 0))
22120 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
22122 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
22123 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
22125 ;;;***
22127 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
22128 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
22129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
22130 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22131 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22132 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22133 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22134 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22135 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22137 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
22138 Major mode for editing Perl code.
22139 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
22140 Tab indents for Perl code.
22141 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
22142 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22143 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22144 \\{perl-mode-map}
22145 Variables controlling indentation style:
22146 `perl-tab-always-indent'
22147 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
22148 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22149 `perl-tab-to-comment'
22150 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
22151 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
22152 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
22153 `perl-nochange'
22154 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
22155 `perl-indent-level'
22156 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
22157 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
22158 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
22159 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
22160 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
22161 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
22162 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
22163 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
22164 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
22165 `perl-brace-offset'
22166 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
22167 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
22168 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
22169 this far to the right of the start of its line.
22170 `perl-label-offset'
22171 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
22172 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
22173 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
22175 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
22176 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
22177 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
22178 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
22179 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
22180 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
22181 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
22183 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
22185 \(fn)" t nil)
22187 ;;;***
22189 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
22190 ;;;;;; (20373 11301 906925 0))
22191 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
22193 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
22194 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
22195 \\<picture-mode-map>
22196 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
22197 afterwards settable by these commands:
22199 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
22200 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
22201 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
22202 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
22204 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
22205 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
22206 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
22207 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
22209 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
22210 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
22211 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
22212 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
22214 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
22215 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
22216 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
22217 with these commands:
22219 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
22220 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
22221 Move to column following last
22222 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
22223 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
22224 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
22225 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
22226 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
22227 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
22229 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
22231 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
22232 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
22233 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
22234 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
22235 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
22236 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
22238 You can manipulate text with these commands:
22239 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
22240 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
22241 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
22242 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
22243 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
22244 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
22246 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
22247 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
22248 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
22249 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
22250 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
22251 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
22252 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
22253 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
22255 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
22256 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
22257 by supplying an argument.
22259 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
22261 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
22262 they are not by default assigned to keys.
22264 \(fn)" t nil)
22266 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
22268 ;;;***
22270 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
22271 ;;;;;; (20378 29222 722320 0))
22272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22274 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22275 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22277 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22279 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
22280 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
22282 \(fn)" t nil)
22284 ;;;***
22286 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22287 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22288 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22290 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22291 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22292 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22294 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22296 ;;;***
22298 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20478 3673 653810
22299 ;;;;;; 0))
22300 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22302 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22303 Play pong and waste time.
22304 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22305 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22307 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22309 \\{pong-mode-map}
22311 \(fn)" t nil)
22313 ;;;***
22315 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20458 56750
22316 ;;;;;; 651721 0))
22317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22319 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22320 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22321 Use streaming commands.
22323 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22325 ;;;***
22327 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22328 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22329 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
22330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22332 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22333 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22334 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
22335 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22337 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22339 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22340 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22342 \(fn)" nil nil)
22344 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22345 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22346 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22347 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22348 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22350 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22352 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22353 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22354 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22356 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22358 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22359 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22361 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22363 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22364 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22365 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22366 Ignores leading comment characters.
22368 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22370 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22371 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22372 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22373 Ignores leading comment characters.
22375 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22377 ;;;***
22379 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22380 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22381 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22382 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22383 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22384 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22385 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22386 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22387 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22388 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22389 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22390 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22391 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22392 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22393 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22394 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22395 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22396 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22397 ;;;;;; (20501 3499 284800 0))
22398 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22400 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22401 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22403 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22405 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22407 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22409 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22410 Preview directory using ghostview.
22412 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22413 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22414 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22415 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22417 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22418 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22419 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22420 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22421 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22422 file name.
22424 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22426 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22428 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22429 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22431 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22432 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22433 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22434 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22436 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22437 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22438 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22439 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22440 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22441 file name.
22443 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22445 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22447 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22448 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22450 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22451 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22452 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22453 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22455 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22456 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22457 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22458 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22459 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22460 file name.
22462 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22464 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22466 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22467 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22469 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22471 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22472 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22473 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22474 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22476 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22477 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22478 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22479 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22480 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22481 file name.
22483 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22485 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22487 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22488 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22490 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22491 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22492 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22494 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22495 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22496 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22497 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22499 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22501 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22502 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22504 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22505 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22506 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22508 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22509 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22510 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22511 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22513 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22515 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22516 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22518 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22519 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22520 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22522 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22523 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22524 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22525 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22527 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22529 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22530 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22532 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22534 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22535 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22536 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22538 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22539 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22540 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22541 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22543 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22545 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22546 Preview region using ghostview.
22548 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22550 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22552 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22553 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22555 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22557 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22559 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22560 Print region using PostScript printer.
22562 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22564 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22566 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22567 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22569 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22571 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22573 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22574 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22576 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22578 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22580 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22581 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22583 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22585 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22587 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22588 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22590 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22592 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22594 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22595 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22597 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22599 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22601 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22602 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22603 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22604 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22606 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22607 matching.
22609 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22610 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22612 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22614 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22616 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22617 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22618 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22619 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22621 \(fn)" t nil)
22623 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22624 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22625 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22626 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22628 \(fn)" t nil)
22630 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22631 Print directory using text printer.
22633 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22634 matching.
22636 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22637 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22639 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22641 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22643 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22644 Print buffer using text printer.
22646 \(fn)" t nil)
22648 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22649 Print region using text printer.
22651 \(fn)" t nil)
22653 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22654 Print major mode using text printer.
22656 \(fn)" t nil)
22658 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22659 Preview spooled PostScript.
22661 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22662 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22663 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22665 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22666 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22667 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22669 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22671 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22672 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22674 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22675 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22676 instead of sending it to the printer.
22678 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22679 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22680 image in a file with that name.
22682 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22684 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22685 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22687 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22688 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22689 instead of sending it to the printer.
22691 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22692 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22693 image in a file with that name.
22695 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22697 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22698 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22700 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22701 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22702 instead of sending it to the printer.
22704 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22705 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22706 image in a file with that name.
22708 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22710 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22711 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22713 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22715 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22716 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22718 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22720 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22721 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22723 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22725 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22726 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22728 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22730 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22731 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22733 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22735 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22736 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22738 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22739 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22740 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22741 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22743 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22744 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22745 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22746 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22747 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22748 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22749 file name.
22751 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22753 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22754 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22756 \(fn)" t nil)
22758 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22759 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22761 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22762 right.
22763 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22764 bottom.
22766 \(fn)" t nil)
22768 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22769 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22771 \(fn)" t nil)
22773 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22774 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22776 \(fn)" t nil)
22778 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22779 Toggle printing with faces.
22781 \(fn)" t nil)
22783 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22784 Toggle spooling.
22786 \(fn)" t nil)
22788 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22789 Toggle duplex.
22791 \(fn)" t nil)
22793 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22794 Toggle tumble.
22796 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22797 right.
22798 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22799 bottom.
22801 \(fn)" t nil)
22803 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22804 Toggle landscape.
22806 \(fn)" t nil)
22808 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22809 Toggle upside-down.
22811 \(fn)" t nil)
22813 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22814 Toggle line number.
22816 \(fn)" t nil)
22818 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22819 Toggle zebra stripes.
22821 \(fn)" t nil)
22823 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22824 Toggle printing header.
22826 \(fn)" t nil)
22828 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22829 Toggle printing header frame.
22831 \(fn)" t nil)
22833 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22834 Toggle menu lock.
22836 \(fn)" t nil)
22838 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22839 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22841 \(fn)" t nil)
22843 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22844 Toggle auto mode.
22846 \(fn)" t nil)
22848 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22849 Customization of the `printing' group.
22851 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22853 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22854 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22856 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22858 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22859 Help for the printing package.
22861 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22863 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22864 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22866 \(fn)" t nil)
22868 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22869 Interactively select a text printer.
22871 \(fn)" t nil)
22873 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22874 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22876 \(fn)" t nil)
22878 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22879 Show current ps-print settings.
22881 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22883 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22884 Show current printing settings.
22886 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22888 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22889 Show current lpr settings.
22891 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22893 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22894 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22896 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22897 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22898 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22899 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22902 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22904 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22905 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22906 immediately be done using the current active printer.
22908 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22909 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22910 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22911 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
22912 current active printer.
22914 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22915 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22916 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22917 printer.
22919 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22920 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22921 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22922 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22923 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22926 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22927 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22929 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22931 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22932 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
22933 be done using the new current active printer.
22935 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22936 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22937 printer.
22939 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22940 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22941 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22942 instead of sending it to the printer.
22944 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22945 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22946 printer.
22948 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22951 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22952 are both set to t.
22954 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22956 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22957 Fast fire function for text printing.
22959 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22960 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22961 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22962 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22964 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22965 user for a new active text printer.
22967 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22969 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22971 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22972 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22973 printer.
22975 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22977 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22978 are both set to t.
22980 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22982 ;;;***
22984 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20511 39332 974340
22985 ;;;;;; 0))
22986 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22988 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22989 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22990 \\<proced-mode-map>
22991 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
22992 the process information.
22994 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22996 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
22997 Proced buffers.
22999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23001 ;;;***
23003 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
23004 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20397 45851 446679 0))
23005 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
23007 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
23008 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
23010 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
23011 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
23013 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
23015 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
23016 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
23018 Commands:
23019 \\{prolog-mode-map}
23020 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
23021 if that value is non-nil.
23023 \(fn)" t nil)
23025 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
23026 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
23027 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
23029 \(fn)" t nil)
23031 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
23032 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
23033 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
23035 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23037 ;;;***
23039 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20355
23040 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
23041 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
23043 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
23044 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
23045 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
23047 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
23049 ;;;***
23051 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20355
23052 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
23053 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
23055 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
23056 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
23058 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
23060 The following variables hold user options, and can
23061 be set through the `customize' command:
23063 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
23064 `ps-mode-tab'
23065 `ps-mode-paper-size'
23066 `ps-mode-print-function'
23067 `ps-run-prompt'
23068 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
23069 `ps-run-x'
23070 `ps-run-dumb'
23071 `ps-run-init'
23072 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
23073 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
23075 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
23078 \\{ps-mode-map}
23081 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
23082 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
23083 The keymap for this second window is:
23085 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
23088 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
23089 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
23090 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
23091 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
23092 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
23094 \(fn)" t nil)
23096 ;;;***
23098 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
23099 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
23100 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
23101 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
23102 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
23103 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20355
23104 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
23105 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
23107 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
23108 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
23109 See `ps-paper-type'.")
23111 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
23113 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
23114 Specify the size of paper to format for.
23115 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
23116 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
23118 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
23120 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
23121 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
23123 Valid values are:
23125 nil Do not print colors.
23127 t Print colors.
23129 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
23130 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
23132 Any other value is treated as t.")
23134 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
23136 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
23137 Customization of ps-print group.
23139 \(fn)" t nil)
23141 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
23142 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23144 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23145 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
23146 sending it to the printer.
23148 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23149 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23150 image in a file with that name.
23152 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23154 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23155 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23156 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23157 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23158 so it has a way to determine color values.
23160 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23162 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
23163 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23164 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
23166 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23168 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23169 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23170 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23171 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23172 so it has a way to determine color values.
23174 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23176 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
23177 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23178 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
23179 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
23181 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23183 \(fn)" t nil)
23185 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23186 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23187 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23188 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23189 so it has a way to determine color values.
23191 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23193 \(fn)" t nil)
23195 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
23196 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23197 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
23199 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23201 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23203 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23204 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23205 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23206 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23207 so it has a way to determine color values.
23209 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23211 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23213 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
23214 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
23216 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23217 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
23218 instead of sending it to the printer.
23220 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23221 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23222 image in a file with that name.
23224 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23226 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
23227 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
23228 Done using the current ps-print setup.
23229 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
23230 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
23232 \(fn)" t nil)
23234 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
23235 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
23236 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23238 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23240 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
23241 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
23242 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23244 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23246 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
23247 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
23249 \(fn)" nil nil)
23251 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
23252 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23254 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
23255 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23257 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23258 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23260 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
23262 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
23264 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23266 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
23267 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23269 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
23270 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23272 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23273 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23275 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
23277 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
23279 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
23281 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
23282 foreground and background colors respectively.
23284 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23285 bold - use bold font.
23286 italic - use italic font.
23287 underline - put a line under text.
23288 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23289 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23290 shadow - text will have a shadow.
23291 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
23292 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
23294 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23296 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23298 ;;;***
23300 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
23301 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
23302 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23304 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23306 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23308 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
23309 Run an inferior Python process.
23310 Input and output via buffer named after
23311 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
23312 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
23314 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
23315 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
23316 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
23317 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
23319 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
23320 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
23321 process buffer for a list of commands.)
23323 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
23325 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23326 Major mode for editing Python files.
23328 \\{python-mode-map}
23329 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
23330 if that value is non-nil.
23332 \(fn)" t nil)
23334 ;;;***
23336 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23337 ;;;;;; (20544 36659 880486 0))
23338 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23340 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23341 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23342 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23343 coding-system.
23345 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23346 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23348 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23349 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
23350 them into characters should be done separately.
23352 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23354 ;;;***
23356 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23357 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23358 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23359 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23360 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
23361 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23363 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23364 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23366 \(fn)" nil nil)
23368 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23369 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23370 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23372 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23373 `quail-activate', which see.
23375 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23377 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23378 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23379 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23380 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23381 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23382 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23383 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23385 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23386 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23387 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23388 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23389 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23390 shown.
23391 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23393 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23394 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23395 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23396 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23397 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23398 list of candidates.
23400 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23401 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23402 command to be called.
23404 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23405 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23406 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23407 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23409 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23410 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23411 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23412 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23413 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23414 to t.
23416 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23417 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23418 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23419 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23421 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23422 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23423 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23424 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23426 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23427 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23428 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23429 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23430 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23431 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23433 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23434 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23435 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23436 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23437 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23438 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23440 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23441 covers Quail translation region.
23443 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23444 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23445 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23446 for it) is inserted.
23448 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23449 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23450 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23452 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23453 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23454 non-Quail commands.
23456 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23458 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23459 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23461 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23462 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23463 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23464 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23465 you type is correctly handled.
23467 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23469 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23470 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23472 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23473 keyboard type.
23475 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23477 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23478 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23479 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23480 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23481 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23482 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23483 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23484 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23485 for the translation.
23486 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23488 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23489 it is used to handle KEY.
23491 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23492 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23493 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23494 the following annotation types are supported.
23496 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23497 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23499 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23500 candidate list.
23502 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23503 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23504 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23505 inserted.
23507 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23508 generated for the following translations.
23510 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
23512 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23513 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23515 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23516 which to install MAP.
23518 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23520 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23522 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23523 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23525 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23526 which to install MAP.
23528 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23530 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23532 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23533 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23534 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23535 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23536 a function, or a cons.
23537 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23538 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23539 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23540 for the translation.
23541 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23542 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23543 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23544 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23545 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23547 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23548 it is used to handle KEY.
23550 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23551 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23552 current Quail package.
23554 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23555 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23557 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23559 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23560 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23562 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23563 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23565 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23567 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23568 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23570 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23572 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23573 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23574 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23575 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23576 of the Emacs source tree.
23578 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23579 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23581 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23582 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23583 of each directory.
23585 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23587 ;;;***
23589 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23590 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23591 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20478
23592 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
23593 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23595 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23596 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23597 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23598 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23600 To make use of this do something like:
23602 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23604 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23606 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23607 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23609 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23610 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23611 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23613 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23615 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23616 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23618 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23620 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23621 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23623 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23624 is decided.
23626 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23628 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23629 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23631 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23632 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23633 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23635 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23637 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23638 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23640 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23642 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23643 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23645 \(fn)" t nil)
23647 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23648 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23650 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23652 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23654 \(fn)" t nil)
23656 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23657 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23659 \(fn)" t nil)
23661 ;;;***
23663 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23664 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20541 6907 775259 0))
23665 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23667 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23668 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23670 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23672 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23676 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23678 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23681 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23683 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23684 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23685 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23687 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23688 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23690 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23692 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23693 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23695 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23696 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23700 ;;;***
23702 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20355
23703 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
23704 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23706 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23707 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23708 See \\[compile].
23710 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23712 ;;;***
23714 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23715 ;;;;;; (20427 14766 970343 0))
23716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23718 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23720 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23721 Construct a regexp interactively.
23722 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23723 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23724 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23726 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23727 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23729 \(fn)" t nil)
23731 ;;;***
23733 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20356 2211
23734 ;;;;;; 532900 0))
23735 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23737 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23738 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23739 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23741 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23742 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23744 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23746 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23747 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23748 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23749 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23750 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23752 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23753 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23754 were operated on recently.
23756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23758 ;;;***
23760 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23761 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23762 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
23763 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
23764 ;;;;;; "rect" "rect.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
23765 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23767 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23768 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23769 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23770 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23771 ends.
23773 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23774 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23775 to be deleted.
23777 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23779 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23780 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23781 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23783 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23784 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23785 deleted.
23787 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23789 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23790 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23791 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23793 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23795 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23796 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23798 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23799 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23801 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23802 deleted.
23804 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23805 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23806 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23807 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23808 even beep.)
23810 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23812 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
23813 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23815 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23817 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23818 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23820 \(fn)" t nil)
23822 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23823 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23824 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23825 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23826 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23827 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23828 and point is at the lower right corner.
23830 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23832 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23833 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23835 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23836 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23838 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23839 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23840 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23842 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23844 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23846 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23847 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23848 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23849 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23850 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23852 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23853 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23855 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23857 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23858 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23859 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23861 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23863 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23865 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23867 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23868 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23870 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23871 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23872 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23874 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23876 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23877 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23878 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23880 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23881 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23882 rectangle which were empty.
23884 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23886 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23887 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23889 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23890 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23891 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23892 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23894 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23896 ;;;***
23898 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20478
23899 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
23900 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23902 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23903 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23905 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23906 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23908 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23909 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23910 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23911 auto-filling.
23913 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23917 ;;;***
23919 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23920 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20507 42276
23921 ;;;;;; 222255 0))
23922 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23924 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23925 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23927 \(fn)" nil nil)
23929 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23930 Toggle RefTeX mode.
23931 With a prefix argument ARG, enable RefTeX mode if ARG is
23932 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23933 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23935 RefTeX mode is a buffer-local minor mode with distinct support
23936 for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23938 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23939 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23941 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23942 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23943 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23944 \\ref macro.
23946 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23947 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23948 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23950 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23951 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23952 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23954 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23955 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23957 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23958 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23960 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23961 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23962 on the menu bar.
23964 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23968 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23969 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23970 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23972 \(fn)" nil nil)
23974 ;;;***
23976 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23977 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23978 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23980 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23981 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23982 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23983 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23984 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23985 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23987 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23989 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23991 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23992 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23993 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23994 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23995 `reftex-cite-format'.
23997 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23998 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23999 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
24000 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
24002 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
24004 ;;;***
24006 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
24007 ;;;;;; (20427 14766 970343 0))
24008 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
24010 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
24011 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
24012 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
24013 the current TeX document.
24015 With no argument, this command toggles
24016 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
24017 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
24019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24021 ;;;***
24023 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
24024 ;;;;;; (20399 35365 4050 0))
24025 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
24027 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
24028 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
24029 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
24031 To insert new phrases, use
24032 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
24033 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
24035 To index phrases use one of:
24037 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
24038 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
24039 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
24040 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
24041 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
24043 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
24044 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
24046 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
24048 Here are all local bindings.
24050 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
24052 \(fn)" t nil)
24054 ;;;***
24056 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
24057 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
24058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
24060 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
24061 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
24062 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
24063 of master file.
24065 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
24067 ;;;***
24069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20507
24070 ;;;;;; 42276 222255 0))
24071 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
24072 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24073 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24074 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24075 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
24077 ;;;***
24079 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
24080 ;;;;;; (20522 38650 757441 0))
24081 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
24083 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
24084 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
24085 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
24086 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
24087 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
24088 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
24090 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
24091 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
24093 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24094 by \\=\\< and \\>.
24095 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24096 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
24098 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
24100 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
24101 Return the depth of REGEXP.
24102 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
24103 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
24105 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
24107 ;;;***
24109 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
24110 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
24111 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
24112 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
24114 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
24115 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
24116 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
24117 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
24119 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
24121 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24123 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
24124 Call `remember' in another frame.
24126 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24128 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
24129 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
24130 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
24131 application.
24133 \(fn)" t nil)
24135 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
24136 Extract diary entries from the region.
24138 \(fn)" nil nil)
24140 ;;;***
24142 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20388 65061 302484
24143 ;;;;;; 0))
24144 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
24146 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
24147 Repeat most recently executed command.
24148 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
24149 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
24150 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
24152 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
24153 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
24154 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
24155 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
24157 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
24158 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
24159 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
24161 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
24163 ;;;***
24165 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
24166 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
24167 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
24169 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
24170 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
24172 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
24173 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
24174 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
24175 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
24176 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
24177 and point is left after the salutation.
24179 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
24180 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
24181 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
24182 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
24183 left after that text.
24185 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
24186 is non-nil.
24188 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
24189 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
24190 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
24191 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
24193 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
24195 ;;;***
24197 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
24198 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
24199 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
24201 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
24202 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
24203 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
24204 visibility of comments that precede it.
24205 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
24206 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
24207 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
24208 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
24209 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
24210 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
24211 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
24212 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
24213 the comment lines.
24214 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
24215 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
24216 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
24217 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
24218 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
24220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24222 ;;;***
24224 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
24225 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
24226 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
24228 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24229 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
24230 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
24231 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24232 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24234 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
24235 reveals invisible text around point.
24237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24239 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24240 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24241 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24242 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24243 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24244 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24246 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24248 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24249 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24250 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24252 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24253 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24254 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24258 ;;;***
24260 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24261 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
24262 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24264 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24265 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24267 \(fn X)" nil nil)
24269 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24270 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24272 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24274 ;;;***
24276 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20402 11562
24277 ;;;;;; 85788 0))
24278 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24280 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24281 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24282 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24283 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24285 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24287 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24288 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24289 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24290 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24292 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24293 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24295 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24296 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
24298 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24299 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
24300 INPUT-ARGS.
24302 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24303 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24304 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
24305 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
24306 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24308 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24309 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24310 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24311 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
24313 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24314 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24315 variable.
24317 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24319 ;;;***
24321 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24322 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24323 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24324 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24325 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
24326 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20526 43809 637014
24327 ;;;;;; 858000))
24328 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24330 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
24331 Name of user's primary mail file.")
24333 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
24335 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
24337 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
24338 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
24339 Its name should end with a slash.")
24341 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
24342 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
24344 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24345 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24346 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24348 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24350 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24351 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24352 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24353 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24354 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24355 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24356 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24358 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24359 sent by you under different user names.
24360 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24362 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24364 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24366 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24368 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24369 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24370 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24371 explicitly.")
24373 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24375 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24376 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24377 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24378 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24379 which normally happens once for each message,
24380 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24381 To make a change in this variable take effect
24382 for a message that you have already viewed,
24383 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24385 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24387 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24388 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24389 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24390 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24392 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24394 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24395 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24397 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24399 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24400 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24401 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24403 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24405 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24406 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24407 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
24408 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24409 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24410 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24412 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24414 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24415 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24417 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24419 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24420 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24422 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24424 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24425 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24427 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24428 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24430 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24432 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24433 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24435 This is set to nil by default.")
24437 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24438 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24439 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
24440 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
24441 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24442 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24443 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24445 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24446 Read and edit incoming mail.
24447 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24448 file in RMAIL Mode.
24449 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24451 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24452 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24453 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24454 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24456 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24458 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24460 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24461 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24462 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24463 Instead, these commands are available:
24465 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24466 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24467 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24468 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24469 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24470 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24471 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24472 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24473 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24474 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24475 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24476 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24477 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24478 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24479 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24480 till a deleted message is found.
24481 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24482 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24483 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24484 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24485 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24486 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24487 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24488 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24489 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24490 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24491 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24492 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24493 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24494 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24495 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24496 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24497 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24498 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24499 (label defaults to last one specified).
24500 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24501 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24502 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24503 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24504 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24505 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24506 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24507 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24508 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24510 \(fn)" t nil)
24512 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24513 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24515 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24517 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24518 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24520 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24522 ;;;***
24524 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24525 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20530 3765 184907
24526 ;;;;;; 0))
24527 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24528 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24530 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24531 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24532 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24533 case it writes Babyl.
24535 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24536 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24537 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24538 `rmail-default-file'.
24540 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24541 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24542 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24544 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24545 the header display is currently pruned.
24547 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24548 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24549 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24550 messages after output.
24552 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24553 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24554 message (if writing a file directly).
24556 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24557 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24559 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24561 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24562 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24563 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24564 i) the header is output as currently seen
24565 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24566 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24568 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24569 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24570 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24572 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24574 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24575 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24576 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24577 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24578 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24579 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24580 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24582 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24583 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24584 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24586 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24588 ;;;***
24590 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24591 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
24592 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24594 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24595 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24596 Return a pattern.
24598 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24600 ;;;***
24602 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24603 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
24604 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24606 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24607 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24608 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24609 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24611 \(fn)" t nil)
24613 ;;;***
24615 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24616 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24619 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24620 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24622 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24623 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24624 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24625 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24626 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24627 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24628 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24629 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24630 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24631 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24633 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24634 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
24635 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24636 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24637 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24638 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24639 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24640 to use for finding the schema.
24642 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24644 ;;;***
24646 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20355
24647 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
24648 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24650 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24652 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24653 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24654 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24655 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24656 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24657 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24658 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24659 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24660 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24661 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24662 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24663 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24664 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24665 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24666 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24667 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24668 must be equal.
24670 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24672 ;;;***
24674 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24675 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
24676 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24678 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24679 Define a robin package.
24681 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24682 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24683 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24684 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24686 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24687 one replaces the old one.
24689 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
24691 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24692 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24694 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24695 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24696 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24698 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24700 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24701 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24703 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24705 ;;;***
24707 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24708 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20355 10021 546955
24709 ;;;;;; 0))
24710 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24712 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24713 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24715 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24717 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24718 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24720 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24722 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24723 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24725 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24727 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24728 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24729 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24731 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24732 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24733 in ROT13.
24735 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24737 \(fn)" t nil)
24739 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24740 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24742 \(fn)" t nil)
24744 ;;;***
24746 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24747 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
24748 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24749 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24751 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24752 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24753 \\<rst-mode-map>
24755 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24756 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24757 highlighting.
24759 \\{rst-mode-map}
24761 \(fn)" t nil)
24763 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24764 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24765 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24766 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24767 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24769 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24770 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24771 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24775 ;;;***
24777 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24778 ;;;;;; (20522 38650 757441 0))
24779 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24781 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24782 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24783 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24784 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24785 nesting into account.
24787 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24789 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24791 \(fn)" t nil)
24793 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24795 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24797 ;;;***
24799 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20355
24800 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
24801 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24803 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24804 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24805 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24807 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24808 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24809 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24810 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24811 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24815 ;;;***
24817 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20518
24818 ;;;;;; 12580 46478 0))
24819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24821 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24822 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24823 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24824 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24826 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24828 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24829 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24830 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24832 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24833 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24834 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24836 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24837 notation.
24839 STRING
24840 matches string STRING literally.
24842 CHAR
24843 matches character CHAR literally.
24845 `not-newline', `nonl'
24846 matches any character except a newline.
24848 `anything'
24849 matches any character
24851 `(any SET ...)'
24852 `(in SET ...)'
24853 `(char SET ...)'
24854 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24855 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24856 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24858 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24859 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24860 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24861 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24863 `(not (any SET ...))'
24864 matches any character not in SET ...
24866 `line-start', `bol'
24867 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24868 in the text being matched
24870 `line-end', `eol'
24871 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24873 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24874 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24875 string being matched against.
24877 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24878 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24879 string being matched against.
24881 `buffer-start'
24882 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24883 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24885 `buffer-end'
24886 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24887 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24889 `point'
24890 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24892 `word-start', `bow'
24893 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24895 `word-end', `eow'
24896 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24898 `word-boundary'
24899 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24900 word.
24902 `(not word-boundary)'
24903 `not-word-boundary'
24904 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24905 word.
24907 `symbol-start'
24908 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24910 `symbol-end'
24911 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24913 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24914 matches 0 through 9.
24916 `control', `cntrl'
24917 matches ASCII control characters.
24919 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24920 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24922 `blank'
24923 matches space and tab only.
24925 `graphic', `graph'
24926 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24927 space, and DEL.
24929 `printing', `print'
24930 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24931 and DEL.
24933 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24934 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24935 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24937 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24938 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24939 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24941 `ascii'
24942 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24944 `nonascii'
24945 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24947 `lower', `lower-case'
24948 matches anything lower-case.
24950 `upper', `upper-case'
24951 matches anything upper-case.
24953 `punctuation', `punct'
24954 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24955 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24957 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24958 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24960 `word', `wordchar'
24961 matches anything that has word syntax.
24963 `not-wordchar'
24964 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24966 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24967 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24968 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24969 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24971 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24972 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24973 `word' (\\sw)
24974 `symbol' (\\s_)
24975 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24976 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24977 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24978 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24979 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24980 `escape' (\\s\\)
24981 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24982 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24983 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24984 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24985 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24987 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24988 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24990 `(category CATEGORY)'
24991 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24992 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24994 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24995 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24996 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24997 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24998 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24999 `symbol' (\\c5)
25000 `digit' (\\c6)
25001 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
25002 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
25003 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
25004 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
25005 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
25006 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
25007 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
25008 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
25009 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
25010 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
25011 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
25012 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
25013 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
25014 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
25015 `ascii' (\\ca)
25016 `arabic' (\\cb)
25017 `chinese' (\\cc)
25018 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
25019 `greek' (\\cg)
25020 `korean' (\\ch)
25021 `indian' (\\ci)
25022 `japanese' (\\cj)
25023 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
25024 `latin' (\\cl)
25025 `lao' (\\co)
25026 `tibetan' (\\cq)
25027 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
25028 `thai' (\\ct)
25029 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
25030 `hebrew' (\\cw)
25031 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
25032 `can-break' (\\c|)
25034 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
25035 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
25037 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25038 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25039 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25040 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25041 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
25043 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25044 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25045 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
25046 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
25048 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25049 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25050 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
25051 group number N.
25053 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25054 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25055 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
25056 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
25057 regular expression.
25059 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
25060 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
25061 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
25062 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
25063 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
25065 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
25066 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
25068 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
25069 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
25071 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
25072 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
25073 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
25075 `(* SEXP ...)'
25076 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
25077 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25079 `(*? SEXP ...)'
25080 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
25081 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25083 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
25084 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
25085 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
25087 `(+ SEXP ...)'
25088 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25090 `(+? SEXP ...)'
25091 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25093 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
25094 `(optional SEXP ...)'
25095 `(opt SEXP ...)'
25096 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
25098 `(? SEXP ...)'
25099 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25101 `(?? SEXP ...)'
25102 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25104 `(repeat N SEXP)'
25105 `(= N SEXP ...)'
25106 matches N occurrences.
25108 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
25109 matches N or more occurrences.
25111 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
25112 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
25113 matches N to M occurrences.
25115 `(backref N)'
25116 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
25118 `(eval FORM)'
25119 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
25120 `regexp-quote' it.
25122 `(regexp REGEXP)'
25123 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
25125 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
25127 ;;;***
25129 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20523
25130 ;;;;;; 62082 997685 0))
25131 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
25133 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
25134 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
25135 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25136 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25137 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25138 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
25140 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
25142 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
25143 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
25144 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
25145 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25146 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25148 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
25149 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
25150 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
25151 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
25153 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
25154 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
25155 histories, which is probably undesirable.
25157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25159 ;;;***
25161 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
25162 ;;;;;; (20427 14766 970343 0))
25163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
25165 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
25166 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
25167 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25169 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
25170 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
25171 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
25172 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
25173 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
25174 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
25175 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
25176 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
25178 Commands:
25179 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25180 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25181 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25182 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25183 if that value is non-nil.
25185 \(fn)" t nil)
25187 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
25188 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
25189 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25191 Commands:
25192 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25193 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25194 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25195 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
25196 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
25197 that variable's value is a string.
25199 \(fn)" t nil)
25201 ;;;***
25203 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
25204 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
25205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
25207 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
25208 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
25209 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
25211 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
25213 \(fn)" t nil)
25215 ;;;***
25217 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
25218 ;;;;;; (20363 61861 222722 0))
25219 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
25221 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
25222 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
25223 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25224 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25225 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25226 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
25228 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
25230 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
25231 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
25232 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
25233 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25234 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25236 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
25237 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25241 ;;;***
25243 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25244 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
25245 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25247 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25248 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25249 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25250 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25251 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
25252 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
25253 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
25254 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
25256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25258 ;;;***
25260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20478 3673 653810
25261 ;;;;;; 0))
25262 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25263 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25264 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25266 ;;;***
25268 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25269 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
25270 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25272 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25273 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25274 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25276 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
25277 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25278 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
25279 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25280 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
25281 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25282 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
25283 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25284 keybinding for tag names.")
25286 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25288 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25289 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25290 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25291 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25292 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25293 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25295 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25297 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25298 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25299 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25300 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25301 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25303 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25304 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
25305 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25306 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25307 Semantic mode.
25309 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25313 ;;;***
25315 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25316 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25317 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25318 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25319 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25320 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25321 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25322 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25323 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
25324 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25326 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25327 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25329 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25330 king@grassland.com
25331 If `parens', they look like:
25332 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25333 If `angles', they look like:
25334 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25336 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25337 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25339 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25341 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25342 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25343 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25344 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25346 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25347 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25348 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25349 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25351 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25353 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25354 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25355 This is done when the message is initialized,
25356 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25358 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25360 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25361 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25362 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25364 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25366 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25367 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25368 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25369 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25370 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25371 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25372 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25374 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25376 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25377 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25379 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25381 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25382 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25383 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25384 be a Babyl file.")
25386 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25388 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25389 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25390 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25391 when you first send mail.")
25393 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25395 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25396 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25397 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25398 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25399 This file need not actually exist.")
25401 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25403 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25404 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25406 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25408 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25409 Alist of mail address aliases,
25410 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25411 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25412 can specify a different file name.)
25413 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25414 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25416 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25417 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25418 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25420 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25422 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25423 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25424 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25426 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25428 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25429 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25430 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25431 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25432 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25433 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25434 in the cited portion of the message.
25436 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25437 instead of no action.")
25439 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25441 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25442 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25443 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25444 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25445 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25447 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25449 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25450 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25451 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25452 If a string, that string is inserted.
25453 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25454 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25455 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25456 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25458 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25460 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25461 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25463 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25465 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25466 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25467 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25469 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25470 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25472 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25474 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25475 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25476 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25477 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25479 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25481 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25482 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25483 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25485 \(fn)" nil nil)
25487 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25489 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25492 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25494 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25495 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25496 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25498 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25499 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25501 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25502 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25503 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25504 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25505 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25506 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25507 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25508 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25509 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25510 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25511 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25512 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25513 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25514 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25516 \(fn)" t nil)
25518 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25519 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25520 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25521 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25523 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25525 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25526 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25527 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25528 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25529 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25530 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25532 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25533 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25534 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25536 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25537 User should not set this variable manually,
25538 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25539 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25540 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25542 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25543 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25544 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25545 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25547 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25548 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25550 \\<mail-mode-map>
25551 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25553 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25554 to move to message header fields:
25555 \\{mail-mode-map}
25557 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25558 when the message is initialized.
25560 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25561 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25563 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25564 is inserted.
25566 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25567 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25569 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25570 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25571 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25572 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25573 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25574 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25575 buffer without erasing the contents.
25577 The second through fifth arguments,
25578 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25579 the initial contents of those header fields.
25580 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25581 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25582 original message being replied to, or else an action
25583 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25584 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25585 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25586 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25587 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25588 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25590 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25592 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25593 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25595 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25597 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25598 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25600 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25602 ;;;***
25604 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25605 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20545
25606 ;;;;;; 57511 257469 0))
25607 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25609 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25611 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25613 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25615 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25616 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25617 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
25618 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
25619 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
25620 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25622 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25623 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25625 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25626 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25627 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25629 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25630 \\[server-start].
25632 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25634 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25635 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25636 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25637 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25639 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25641 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25642 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25643 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25644 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25645 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25646 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25648 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25650 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25651 Toggle Server mode.
25652 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25653 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25654 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25656 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25657 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
25658 `server-start' for details.
25660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25662 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25663 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25664 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25666 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25667 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25669 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25671 ;;;***
25673 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20493 9382 687578 0))
25674 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25676 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25677 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25678 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25680 Key definitions:
25681 \\{ses-mode-map}
25682 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25683 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25684 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25685 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25687 \(fn)" t nil)
25689 ;;;***
25691 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25692 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
25693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25695 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25696 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25697 Makes > match <.
25698 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25699 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25701 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25702 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25703 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25705 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25706 in your `.emacs' file.
25708 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25710 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25711 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25712 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25714 \(fn)" t nil)
25716 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25717 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25718 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25719 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25720 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25721 which this is based.
25723 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25725 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25726 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25727 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25728 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25730 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25731 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25732 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25734 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25735 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25736 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25737 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25739 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25740 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25741 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25742 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25744 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25746 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25747 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25748 To work around that, do:
25749 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25751 \\{html-mode-map}
25753 \(fn)" t nil)
25755 ;;;***
25757 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25758 ;;;;;; (20541 6907 775259 0))
25759 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25760 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25762 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25763 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25764 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25765 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25766 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25767 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25769 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25770 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25771 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25772 shell-specific features.
25774 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25775 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25776 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25777 \\<sh-mode-map>
25778 \\[sh-case] case statement
25779 \\[sh-for] for loop
25780 \\[sh-function] function definition
25781 \\[sh-if] if statement
25782 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25783 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25784 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25785 \\[sh-select] select loop
25786 \\[sh-until] until loop
25787 \\[sh-while] while loop
25789 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25790 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25791 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25792 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25793 would indent to the way it currently is.
25794 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25795 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25798 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25799 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25800 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25801 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25802 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25803 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25805 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
25806 unquoted < insert a here document.
25808 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25809 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25810 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25812 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25813 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25815 \(fn)" t nil)
25817 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25819 ;;;***
25821 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25822 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
25823 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25825 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25826 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25828 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25829 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25830 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25832 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25833 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25834 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25835 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25836 the earlier.
25838 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25840 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25842 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25843 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25844 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25846 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25847 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25849 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25850 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25851 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25852 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25853 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25854 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25855 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25856 Emacs version).
25858 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25859 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25860 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25861 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25862 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25864 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25865 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25867 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25869 ;;;***
25871 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25872 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20355
25873 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
25874 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25876 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25877 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25878 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25879 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25880 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25881 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25882 sites in the cluster.
25884 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25886 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25887 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25888 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25889 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25890 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25892 \(fn)" t nil)
25894 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25895 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25896 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25897 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25898 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25899 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25900 `shadow-define-cluster').
25902 \(fn)" t nil)
25904 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25905 Set up file shadowing.
25907 \(fn)" t nil)
25909 ;;;***
25911 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25912 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
25913 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25915 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25916 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25917 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25918 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25919 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25920 arguments.")
25922 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25924 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25925 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25926 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25927 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25928 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25930 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25931 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25932 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25933 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25934 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25935 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25936 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25937 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25938 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25939 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25940 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25942 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25943 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25944 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25945 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25946 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25947 `default-process-coding-system'.
25949 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25950 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25951 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25952 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25954 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25956 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25958 ;;;***
25960 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20486
25961 ;;;;;; 36135 22104 0))
25962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25964 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25965 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25966 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25967 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25969 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25971 ;;;***
25973 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
25974 ;;;;;; sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20487 57003 603251
25975 ;;;;;; 0))
25976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25978 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25981 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25983 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25986 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25988 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25991 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25993 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25996 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25998 ;;;***
26000 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
26001 ;;;;;; (20487 57003 603251 0))
26002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
26004 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
26005 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
26006 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
26007 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
26008 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
26010 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
26012 \(fn)" t nil)
26014 ;;;***
26016 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20355
26017 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
26018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
26020 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
26021 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
26022 \\{simula-mode-map}
26023 Variables controlling indentation style:
26024 `simula-tab-always-indent'
26025 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
26026 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
26027 `simula-indent-level'
26028 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
26029 `simula-substatement-offset'
26030 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
26031 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
26032 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
26033 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
26034 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
26035 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
26036 `simula-label-offset' -4711
26037 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
26038 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
26039 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
26040 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
26041 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
26042 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
26043 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
26044 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
26045 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
26046 `simula-electric-indent' nil
26047 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
26048 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
26049 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
26050 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
26051 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
26052 or nil if they should not be changed.
26053 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
26054 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
26055 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
26056 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
26058 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
26059 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
26061 \(fn)" t nil)
26063 ;;;***
26065 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
26066 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20541 6907 775259
26067 ;;;;;; 0))
26068 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
26070 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
26071 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
26073 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
26074 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
26075 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
26076 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
26078 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
26080 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
26082 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
26083 Insert SKELETON.
26084 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
26085 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
26086 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
26087 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
26088 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
26090 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
26091 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
26093 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
26095 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
26096 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
26098 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
26099 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
26100 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
26101 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
26103 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
26104 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
26105 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
26106 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
26108 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
26109 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
26110 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
26112 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
26113 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
26115 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
26116 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
26118 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
26119 _ interesting point, interregion here
26120 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
26121 interesting point set by _
26122 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
26123 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
26124 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
26125 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
26126 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
26127 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
26128 nil skipped
26130 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
26131 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
26133 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
26134 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
26135 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
26136 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
26137 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
26138 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
26139 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
26140 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
26142 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
26143 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
26144 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
26145 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
26146 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
26147 available:
26149 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
26150 then: insert previously read string once more
26151 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
26152 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
26153 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
26155 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
26156 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
26158 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
26160 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
26161 Insert the character you type ARG times.
26163 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
26164 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
26165 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
26166 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
26167 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
26168 such as backslash.
26170 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
26171 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
26172 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
26174 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26176 ;;;***
26178 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
26179 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
26180 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
26182 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
26183 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
26184 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
26185 buffer names.
26187 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
26189 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
26190 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
26191 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26192 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26193 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26194 \\{smerge-mode-map}
26196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26198 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
26199 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
26200 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
26202 \(fn)" t nil)
26204 ;;;***
26206 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
26207 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
26208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
26210 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
26211 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
26212 A list of images is returned.
26214 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26216 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
26217 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
26218 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
26220 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26222 ;;;***
26224 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
26225 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20402 11562 85788 0))
26226 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
26228 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
26231 \(fn)" nil nil)
26233 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
26234 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
26236 \(fn)" t nil)
26238 ;;;***
26240 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20478 3673 653810
26241 ;;;;;; 0))
26242 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
26244 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
26245 Play the Snake game.
26246 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
26248 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
26250 Snake mode keybindings:
26251 \\<snake-mode-map>
26252 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
26253 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
26254 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26255 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
26256 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
26257 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
26258 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
26260 \(fn)" t nil)
26262 ;;;***
26264 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26265 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
26266 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26268 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26269 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26270 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26271 Tab indents for C code.
26272 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26273 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26274 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26275 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26276 `snmp-mode-hook'.
26278 \(fn)" t nil)
26280 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26281 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26282 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26283 Tab indents for C code.
26284 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26285 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26286 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26287 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26288 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26290 \(fn)" t nil)
26292 ;;;***
26294 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20355
26295 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
26296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26298 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26299 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26300 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26301 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26302 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26304 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
26306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26308 ;;;***
26310 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20427
26311 ;;;;;; 14766 970343 0))
26312 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26314 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26315 Play Solitaire.
26317 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26318 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26319 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26320 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26321 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26322 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26323 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26324 check after each move or undo.)
26326 What is Solitaire?
26328 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26329 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26330 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26332 Le Solitaire
26333 ============
26335 o o o
26337 o o o
26339 o o o o o o o
26341 o o o . o o o
26343 o o o o o o o
26345 o o o
26347 o o o
26349 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26350 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26351 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26352 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26354 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26355 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26356 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26357 this: o o .
26359 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26360 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26362 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26364 o o o
26366 . o o
26368 o o . o o o o
26370 o . o o o o o
26372 o o o o o o o
26374 o o o
26376 o o o
26378 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
26380 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26382 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26384 ;;;***
26386 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26387 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26388 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20507 42276 222255
26389 ;;;;;; 0))
26390 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26391 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26393 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26394 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26396 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26397 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26398 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26399 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26400 contiguous.
26402 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26403 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26404 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26405 the sort order.
26407 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26408 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26410 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26411 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26412 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26413 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26414 is called.
26416 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26417 It should move point to the end of the record.
26419 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26420 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26421 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26422 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26423 starts at the beginning of the record.
26425 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26426 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26427 same as ENDRECFUN.
26429 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26430 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26432 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26434 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26435 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26436 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26437 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26438 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26439 the sort order.
26441 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26443 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26444 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26445 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26446 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26447 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26448 the sort order.
26450 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26452 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26453 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26454 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26455 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26456 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26457 the sort order.
26459 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26460 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26462 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26463 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26464 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26465 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26466 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26467 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26468 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26469 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26470 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26472 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26474 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26475 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26476 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26477 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26478 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26479 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26480 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26481 the sort order.
26483 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26485 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26486 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
26487 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
26488 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
26490 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
26491 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
26493 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
26494 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
26495 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
26496 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
26497 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
26498 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
26499 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
26500 found within a record, that record is ignored.
26502 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
26504 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26505 the sort order.
26507 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26508 starting with the letter \"f\",
26509 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26511 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26513 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26514 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26515 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26516 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26517 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26518 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26519 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26520 the sort order.
26522 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26523 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26524 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26525 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26526 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26528 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26530 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26531 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26532 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26534 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26536 ;;;***
26538 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20458
26539 ;;;;;; 56750 651721 0))
26540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26542 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26543 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26544 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26545 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26546 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26547 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26549 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26551 ;;;***
26553 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26554 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26555 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
26556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26558 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26559 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26561 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26562 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26563 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26565 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26567 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26568 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26569 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26570 server.
26572 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26574 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26575 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26576 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26578 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26580 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26581 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26582 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26583 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26584 Agent is plugged.
26586 \(fn)" t nil)
26588 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26589 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26590 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26591 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26593 \(fn)" t nil)
26595 ;;;***
26597 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26598 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20497 6436 957082 0))
26599 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26601 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26603 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26604 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26605 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26606 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26607 supported at a time.
26608 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26609 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26613 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26614 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26615 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26616 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26618 \(fn)" t nil)
26620 ;;;***
26622 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20355
26623 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
26624 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26626 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26627 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26629 \(fn)" t nil)
26631 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26632 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26634 \(fn)" nil nil)
26636 ;;;***
26638 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26639 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26640 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26641 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26642 ;;;;;; (20480 38535 248706 0))
26643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26645 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26646 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26648 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26649 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26650 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26651 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26652 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26653 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26654 of the current highlighting list.
26656 For example:
26658 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26659 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26661 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26662 `_t' as data types.
26664 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26666 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26667 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26669 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26670 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26672 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26674 \\\\FREE
26676 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26678 \\\\NONFREE
26680 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26682 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26683 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26685 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26686 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26687 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26688 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26690 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26691 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26692 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26693 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26695 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26696 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26697 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26699 \(fn)" t nil)
26701 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26702 Major mode to edit SQL.
26704 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26705 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26706 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26708 \\{sql-mode-map}
26709 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26711 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26712 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26713 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26714 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26715 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26716 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26718 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26719 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26721 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26722 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26723 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26725 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26726 (lambda ()
26727 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26729 \(fn)" t nil)
26731 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26732 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26734 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26735 their settings.
26737 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26738 is specified in the connection settings.
26740 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26742 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26743 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26745 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26746 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26748 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26749 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26750 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26751 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26753 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26755 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26757 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26758 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26760 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26761 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26762 `*SQL*'.
26764 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26765 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26766 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26767 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26769 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26770 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26772 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26773 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26774 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26775 buffer.
26777 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26778 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26779 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26780 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26781 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26782 `default-process-coding-system'.
26784 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26786 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26788 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26789 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26791 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26792 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26793 `*SQL*'.
26795 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26796 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26797 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26798 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26800 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26801 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26803 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26804 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26805 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26806 buffer.
26808 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26809 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26810 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26811 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26812 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26813 `default-process-coding-system'.
26815 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26817 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26819 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26820 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26822 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26823 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26824 `*SQL*'.
26826 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26827 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26829 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26830 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26832 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26833 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26834 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26835 buffer.
26837 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26838 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26839 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26840 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26841 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26842 `default-process-coding-system'.
26844 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26846 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26848 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26849 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26851 SQLite is free software.
26853 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26854 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26855 `*SQL*'.
26857 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26858 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26859 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26860 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26862 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26863 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26865 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26866 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26867 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26868 buffer.
26870 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26871 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26872 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26873 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26874 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26875 `default-process-coding-system'.
26877 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26879 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26881 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26882 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26884 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26886 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26887 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26888 `*SQL*'.
26890 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26891 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26892 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26893 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26895 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26896 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26898 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26899 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26900 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26901 buffer.
26903 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26904 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26905 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26906 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26907 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26908 `default-process-coding-system'.
26910 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26912 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26914 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26915 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26917 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26918 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26919 `*SQL*'.
26921 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26922 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26923 defaults, if set.
26925 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26926 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26928 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26929 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26930 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26931 buffer.
26933 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26934 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26935 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26936 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26937 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26938 `default-process-coding-system'.
26940 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26942 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26944 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26945 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26947 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26948 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26949 `*SQL*'.
26951 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26952 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26954 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26955 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26957 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26958 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26959 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26960 buffer.
26962 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26963 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26964 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26965 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26966 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26967 `default-process-coding-system'.
26969 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26971 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26973 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26974 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26976 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26977 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26978 `*SQL*'.
26980 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26981 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26982 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26983 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26985 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26986 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26988 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26989 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26990 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26991 buffer.
26993 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26994 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26995 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26996 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26997 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26998 `default-process-coding-system'.
27000 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27002 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27004 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
27005 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
27007 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27008 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27009 `*SQL*'.
27011 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
27012 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
27013 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
27014 `sql-postgres-options'.
27016 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27017 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27019 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27020 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
27021 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27022 buffer.
27024 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27025 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27026 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27027 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27028 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27029 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
27030 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
27031 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
27033 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
27034 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
27036 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27038 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27040 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
27041 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
27043 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27044 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27045 `*SQL*'.
27047 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
27048 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
27049 defaults, if set.
27051 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27052 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27054 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27055 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
27056 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27057 buffer.
27059 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27060 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27061 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27062 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27063 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27064 `default-process-coding-system'.
27066 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27068 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27070 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
27071 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
27073 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27074 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27075 `*SQL*'.
27077 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
27078 automatic login.
27080 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27081 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27083 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
27084 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
27085 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
27086 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
27088 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27089 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
27090 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27091 buffer.
27093 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27094 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27095 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27096 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27097 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27098 `default-process-coding-system'.
27100 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27102 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27104 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
27105 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
27107 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27108 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27109 `*SQL*'.
27111 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
27112 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
27113 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
27114 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
27115 parameters.
27117 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
27118 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
27119 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
27120 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
27121 an empty password.
27123 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27124 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27126 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27127 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
27128 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27129 buffer.
27131 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27133 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27135 ;;;***
27137 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
27138 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
27139 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
27141 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
27142 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
27144 \(fn)" t nil)
27146 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
27148 ;;;***
27150 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
27151 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
27152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
27154 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
27155 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
27156 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
27157 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
27158 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
27159 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
27160 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
27161 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
27162 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
27163 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
27164 with any buffer
27165 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
27166 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
27167 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
27168 GnuTLS requires a port number.
27170 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
27172 ;;;***
27174 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
27175 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
27176 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
27177 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
27178 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20523
27179 ;;;;;; 62082 997685 0))
27180 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
27182 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
27183 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
27184 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
27185 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
27186 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
27187 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
27189 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
27191 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
27193 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
27194 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27195 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27196 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
27197 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
27198 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
27199 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27201 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27203 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27204 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27205 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27206 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
27207 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
27208 then complete the stroke with button 3.
27209 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27211 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27213 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
27214 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27215 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27217 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27219 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27220 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27221 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27223 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27225 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
27226 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
27228 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
27230 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
27231 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
27233 \(fn)" t nil)
27235 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
27236 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
27238 \(fn)" t nil)
27240 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
27241 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
27242 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
27243 chronologically by command name.
27244 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
27246 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
27248 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
27249 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
27250 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27252 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27253 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
27255 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
27257 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
27258 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
27259 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
27260 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27261 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27263 \\<strokes-mode-map>
27264 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
27265 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
27266 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
27267 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
27269 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
27270 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
27271 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27272 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27274 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27278 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27279 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27280 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27281 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27283 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27285 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27286 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27288 \(fn)" t nil)
27290 ;;;***
27292 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27293 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
27294 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27296 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27297 Studlify-case the region.
27299 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27301 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27302 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27304 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27306 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27307 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27309 \(fn)" t nil)
27311 ;;;***
27313 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27314 ;;;;;; (20524 51365 2559 0))
27315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27317 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27318 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27319 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27320 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27321 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27323 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
27324 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27325 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27326 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27328 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
27329 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27330 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
27332 Nomenclature Subwords
27333 ===========================================================
27334 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27335 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27336 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27338 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27339 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27340 as words.
27342 \\{subword-mode-map}
27344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27346 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27347 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27348 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27350 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27351 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27353 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27355 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27356 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27357 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27358 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27359 ARG is omitted or nil.
27361 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27362 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27363 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27367 ;;;***
27369 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27370 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
27371 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27373 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27374 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27375 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27376 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27377 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27378 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27379 original message but it does require a few things:
27381 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27383 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27384 reply buffer.
27386 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27387 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27388 original message.
27390 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27392 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27394 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27395 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27396 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27398 \(fn)" nil nil)
27400 ;;;***
27402 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20355
27403 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
27404 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27406 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27408 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27409 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27410 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27411 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27412 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27413 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27415 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27417 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27418 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27419 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27420 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27421 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27423 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27424 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27425 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27429 ;;;***
27431 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20355 10021
27432 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
27433 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27435 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27436 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27437 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27438 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27439 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27441 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27443 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27444 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27445 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27446 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27447 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27448 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27449 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27451 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27453 ;;;***
27455 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27456 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27457 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27458 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27459 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27460 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27461 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27462 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27463 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27464 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27465 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27466 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27467 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20434 17809 692608 0))
27468 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27470 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27471 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27472 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27474 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27476 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27477 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27479 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27481 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27482 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27484 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27486 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27487 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27489 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27491 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27492 Insert an editable text table.
27493 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27494 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27495 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27496 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27497 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27498 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27499 delimiting them.
27501 Examples:
27503 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27505 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27506 location of point.
27510 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27511 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27512 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27513 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27514 first cell.
27516 +-----+-----+-----+
27517 |-!- | | |
27518 +-----+-----+-----+
27520 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27522 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27523 width, which results as
27525 +--------------+-----+-----+
27526 |-!- | | |
27527 +--------------+-----+-----+
27529 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27530 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27532 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27533 | | |-!- |
27534 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27536 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27537 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27538 width information to `table-insert'.
27540 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27542 instead of
27544 Cell width(s): 5
27546 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27547 work all together.
27549 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27550 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27552 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27553 |-!- | | |
27554 | | | |
27555 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27557 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27559 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27560 |-!- | | |
27561 | | | |
27562 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27563 | | | |
27564 | | | |
27565 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27567 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27569 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27570 | | | |
27571 | | | |
27572 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27573 | | | |
27574 | | | |
27575 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27578 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27579 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27580 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27582 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27583 | | | |
27584 | | | |
27585 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27586 | | | |
27587 | | | |
27588 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27589 |-!- | | |
27590 | | | |
27591 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27593 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27594 results.
27596 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27597 | | | |
27598 | | | |
27599 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27600 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27601 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27602 | | |expected results.-!- |
27603 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27604 | | | |
27605 | | | |
27606 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27608 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27610 \\{table-cell-map}
27612 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27614 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27615 Insert N table row(s).
27616 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27617 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27618 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27619 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27621 \(fn N)" t nil)
27623 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27624 Insert N table column(s).
27625 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27626 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27627 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27628 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27630 \(fn N)" t nil)
27632 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27633 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27634 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27636 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27638 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27639 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27640 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27641 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27642 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27643 all the table specific features.
27645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27647 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27650 \(fn)" t nil)
27652 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27653 Recognize all tables within region.
27654 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27655 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27656 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27657 specific features.
27659 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27661 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27664 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27666 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27667 Recognize a table at point.
27668 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27669 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27670 the table specific features.
27672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27674 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27677 \(fn)" t nil)
27679 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27680 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27681 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27682 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27683 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27684 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27685 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27687 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27689 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27692 \(fn)" t nil)
27694 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27695 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27696 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27697 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27698 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27699 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27700 specified.
27702 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27704 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27705 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27706 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27707 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
27708 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27709 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27710 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27711 table structure.
27713 \(fn N)" t nil)
27715 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27716 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27717 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27718 table's rectangle structure.
27720 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27722 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27723 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27724 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27725 table's rectangle structure.
27727 \(fn N)" t nil)
27729 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27730 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27731 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27732 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27733 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27735 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27737 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27738 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27739 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27741 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27742 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27743 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27744 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27745 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27746 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27747 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27749 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27750 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27751 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27752 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27753 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27754 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27755 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27757 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27758 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27759 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27760 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27761 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27762 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27763 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27764 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27766 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27768 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27769 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27770 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27771 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27775 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27776 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27777 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27779 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27781 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27782 Split current cell vertically.
27783 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27785 \(fn)" t nil)
27787 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27788 Split current cell horizontally.
27789 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27791 \(fn)" t nil)
27793 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27794 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27795 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27797 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27799 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27800 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27801 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27802 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27804 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27806 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27807 Justify cell contents.
27808 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27809 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27810 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27811 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27813 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27815 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27816 Justify cells of a row.
27817 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27818 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27820 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27822 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27823 Justify cells of a column.
27824 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27825 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27827 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27829 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27830 Toggle fixing width mode.
27831 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27832 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27833 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27837 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27838 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27839 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27840 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27841 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27842 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27843 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27844 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27845 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27846 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27847 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27849 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27851 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27852 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27853 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27854 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27855 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27856 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27857 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27858 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27859 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27860 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27861 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27862 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27863 untouched.
27865 References used for this implementation:
27867 HTML:
27868 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27870 LaTeX:
27871 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27873 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27874 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27875 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27877 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27879 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27880 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27881 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27882 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27883 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27884 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27885 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27886 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27887 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27888 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27889 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27890 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27891 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27892 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27893 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27894 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27895 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27897 Example:
27899 (progn
27900 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27901 (table-forward-cell 15)
27902 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27903 (table-forward-cell 16)
27904 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27905 (table-forward-cell 1)
27906 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27908 (progn
27909 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27910 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27911 (table-forward-cell 1)
27912 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27914 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27916 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27917 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27918 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27919 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27920 consists from cells of same height.
27922 \(fn N)" t nil)
27924 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27925 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27926 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27927 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27928 column must consists from cells of same width.
27930 \(fn N)" t nil)
27932 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27933 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27934 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27935 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27936 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27937 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27938 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27939 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27940 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27941 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27942 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27943 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27944 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27945 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27946 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27949 Example 1:
27951 1, 2, 3, 4
27952 5, 6, 7, 8
27953 , 9, 10
27955 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27956 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27957 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27958 specified as 5.
27960 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27961 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27962 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27963 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27964 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27965 | | 9 | 10 | |
27966 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27968 Note:
27970 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27971 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27972 of each row is optional.
27975 Example 2:
27977 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27978 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27979 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27980 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27981 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27983 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27984 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27986 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27987 expression and raw delimiter regular
27988 expression, it parses the specified text
27989 area and extracts cell items from
27990 non-table text and then forms a table out
27991 of them.
27993 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27994 creates a single cell table. The text in
27995 the specified region is placed in that
27996 cell.-*-
27998 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27999 like this.
28001 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28002 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28003 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28005 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
28006 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
28007 | expression, it parses the specified text |
28008 | area and extracts cell items from |
28009 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
28010 | of them. |
28012 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
28013 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
28014 | the specified region is placed in that |
28015 | cell. |
28016 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28018 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
28019 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
28020 independently.
28022 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28023 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28024 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28025 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28026 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
28027 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
28028 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
28029 | |area and extracts cell items from |
28030 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
28031 | |of them. |
28032 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28033 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
28034 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
28035 | |the specified region is placed in that |
28036 | |cell. |
28037 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28039 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
28040 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
28041 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
28043 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
28045 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
28046 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
28047 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
28048 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
28049 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
28051 \(fn)" t nil)
28053 ;;;***
28055 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20355 10021
28056 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28057 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
28059 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
28060 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
28062 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
28064 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
28065 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
28067 \(fn)" t nil)
28069 ;;;***
28071 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20522 9637
28072 ;;;;;; 465791 0))
28073 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
28075 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
28076 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
28077 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
28078 Letters no longer insert themselves.
28079 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
28080 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
28081 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
28083 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
28084 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
28085 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
28086 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
28088 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
28089 \\{tar-mode-map}
28091 \(fn)" t nil)
28093 ;;;***
28095 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
28096 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
28099 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
28100 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
28101 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
28102 Tab indents for Tcl code.
28103 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
28104 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28106 Variables controlling indentation style:
28107 `tcl-indent-level'
28108 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
28109 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
28110 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
28112 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
28113 documentation for details):
28114 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
28115 Controls action of TAB key.
28116 `tcl-auto-newline'
28117 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
28118 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
28119 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
28120 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
28121 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
28123 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
28124 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
28125 already exist.
28127 \(fn)" t nil)
28129 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
28130 Run inferior Tcl process.
28131 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
28132 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
28134 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
28136 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
28137 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
28138 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
28140 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
28142 ;;;***
28144 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20355 10021
28145 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28146 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
28148 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
28149 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28150 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
28151 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
28153 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
28154 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
28155 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
28156 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
28157 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28159 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
28161 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
28162 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28163 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
28164 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28166 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28168 ;;;***
28170 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
28171 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
28172 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
28174 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
28175 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
28176 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
28177 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
28178 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
28179 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
28181 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
28183 (autoload 'term "term" "\
28184 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28185 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
28186 commands to use in that buffer.
28188 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28190 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
28192 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
28193 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28195 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
28197 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
28198 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
28199 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
28200 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
28201 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
28202 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
28203 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
28204 `serial-process-configure' for details.
28205 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
28206 use in that buffer.
28207 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28209 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
28211 ;;;***
28213 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20355
28214 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
28215 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
28217 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
28218 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
28219 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
28220 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
28221 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
28222 program as keyboard input.
28224 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
28225 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
28226 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
28227 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
28229 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
28230 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
28231 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
28232 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28233 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28235 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28237 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28238 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28239 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28240 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28242 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28243 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28244 subprocess started.
28246 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28248 ;;;***
28250 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28251 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
28252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28254 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28255 Start coverage on function under point.
28257 \(fn)" t nil)
28259 ;;;***
28261 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20545 57511
28262 ;;;;;; 257469 0))
28263 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28265 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28266 Play the Tetris game.
28267 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28268 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28269 as to form complete rows.
28271 tetris-mode keybindings:
28272 \\<tetris-mode-map>
28273 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
28274 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
28275 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28276 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
28277 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
28278 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
28279 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28280 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28282 \(fn)" t nil)
28284 ;;;***
28286 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28287 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28288 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28289 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28290 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28291 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28292 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28293 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
28294 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28296 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28297 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28299 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28301 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28302 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28303 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28304 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28305 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28307 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28309 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28310 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28311 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28312 if it matches the first line of the file,
28313 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28315 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28317 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28318 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28319 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28320 if the variable is non-nil.")
28322 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28324 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28325 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28327 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28329 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28330 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28331 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28332 See the documentation of that variable.")
28334 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28336 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28337 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28338 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28339 See the documentation of that variable.")
28341 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28343 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28344 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28345 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28346 See the documentation of that variable.")
28348 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28350 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28351 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28352 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28353 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28354 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28356 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28358 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28359 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28360 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28361 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28363 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28365 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28366 User defined LaTeX block names.
28367 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28369 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28371 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28372 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28373 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28374 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28376 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28378 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28379 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28380 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28381 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28383 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28385 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28386 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28387 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28388 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28390 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28391 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28392 for example,
28394 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28395 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28397 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28398 use.")
28400 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28402 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28403 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28404 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28405 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28406 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28408 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28410 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28412 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28413 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28414 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28416 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28418 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28419 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28420 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28421 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28422 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28424 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28426 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28427 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28429 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28431 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28432 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28434 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28436 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28437 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28438 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28439 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28440 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28441 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28442 says which mode to use.
28444 \(fn)" t nil)
28446 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28448 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28450 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28452 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28453 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28454 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28455 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28456 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28458 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28459 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28460 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28461 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28462 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28463 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28464 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28466 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28467 mismatched $'s or braces.
28469 Special commands:
28470 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28472 Mode variables:
28473 tex-run-command
28474 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28475 tex-directory
28476 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28477 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28478 tex-dvi-print-command
28479 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28480 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28481 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28482 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28483 tex-dvi-view-command
28484 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28485 tex-show-queue-command
28486 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28487 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28489 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28490 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28491 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28493 \(fn)" t nil)
28495 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28496 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28497 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28498 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28499 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28501 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28502 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28503 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28504 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28505 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28506 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28507 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28509 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28510 mismatched $'s or braces.
28512 Special commands:
28513 \\{latex-mode-map}
28515 Mode variables:
28516 latex-run-command
28517 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28518 tex-directory
28519 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28520 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28521 tex-dvi-print-command
28522 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28523 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28524 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28525 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28526 tex-dvi-view-command
28527 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28528 tex-show-queue-command
28529 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28530 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28532 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28533 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28534 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28536 \(fn)" t nil)
28538 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28539 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28540 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28541 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28542 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28544 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28545 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28546 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28547 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28548 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28549 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28550 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28552 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28553 mismatched $'s or braces.
28555 Special commands:
28556 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28558 Mode variables:
28559 slitex-run-command
28560 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28561 tex-directory
28562 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28563 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28564 tex-dvi-print-command
28565 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28566 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28567 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28568 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28569 tex-dvi-view-command
28570 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28571 tex-show-queue-command
28572 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28573 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28575 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28576 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28577 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28578 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28580 \(fn)" t nil)
28582 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28585 \(fn)" nil nil)
28587 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28588 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28590 \(fn)" t nil)
28592 ;;;***
28594 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28595 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20434 17809 692608 0))
28596 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28598 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28599 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28600 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28601 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28603 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28604 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28605 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28607 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28609 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28610 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28611 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28612 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28613 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28615 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28617 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28618 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28619 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28620 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28622 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28623 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28624 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28625 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28627 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28628 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28630 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28632 ;;;***
28634 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28635 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
28636 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28638 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28639 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28641 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28643 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28644 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28646 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28648 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28649 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28651 It has these extra commands:
28652 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28654 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28655 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28656 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28657 modified version of TeX input format.
28659 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28660 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28661 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28662 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28664 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28665 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28666 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28667 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28668 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28669 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28670 in the Texinfo file.
28672 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28673 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28674 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28675 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28676 move forward past the closing brace.
28678 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28679 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28681 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28682 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28683 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28685 Here are the functions:
28687 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28688 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28689 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28691 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28692 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28693 texinfo-master-menu
28695 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28697 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28698 which menu descriptions are indented.
28700 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28701 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28702 in the region.
28704 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28705 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28706 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28707 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28709 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28710 be the first node in the file.
28712 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28713 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28715 \(fn)" t nil)
28717 ;;;***
28719 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28720 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28721 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
28722 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28724 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28725 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28726 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28727 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28729 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28731 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28732 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28734 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28736 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28737 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28739 \(fn)" t nil)
28741 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28744 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28746 ;;;***
28748 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28749 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28750 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20416 44451 205563 0))
28751 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28753 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28754 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28755 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28756 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28757 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28758 `line', and `page'.
28760 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28762 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28763 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28764 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28765 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28766 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28767 `line', and `page'.
28769 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28770 valid THING.
28772 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28773 positions of the thing found.
28775 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28777 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28778 Return the THING at point.
28779 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28780 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28781 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28782 `line', and `page'.
28784 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28785 a symbol as a valid THING.
28787 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28789 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28790 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28792 \(fn)" nil nil)
28794 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28795 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28797 \(fn)" nil nil)
28799 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28800 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28802 \(fn)" nil nil)
28804 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28805 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28807 \(fn)" nil nil)
28809 ;;;***
28811 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28812 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28813 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
28814 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28816 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28817 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28819 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28821 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28822 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28823 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28824 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28826 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28828 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28829 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28831 \(fn)" t nil)
28833 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28834 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28836 \(fn)" t nil)
28838 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28840 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28841 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28843 \(fn)" t nil)
28845 ;;;***
28847 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28848 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28849 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28850 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28851 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20355
28852 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
28853 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28855 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28856 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28857 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28859 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28861 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28862 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28864 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28866 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28867 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28868 The returned string has no composition information.
28870 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28872 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28873 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28875 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28877 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28878 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28880 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28882 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28883 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28884 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28885 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28887 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28889 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28890 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28891 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28892 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28894 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28896 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28897 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28898 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28900 \(fn)" t nil)
28902 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28903 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28904 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28906 \(fn)" t nil)
28908 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28911 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28913 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28916 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28918 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28921 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28923 ;;;***
28925 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28926 ;;;;;; (20373 11301 906925 0))
28927 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28929 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28930 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28931 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28932 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28933 parameters.
28934 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28936 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28938 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28939 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28940 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28941 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28942 parameters.
28943 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28945 \(fn)" t nil)
28947 ;;;***
28949 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28950 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28951 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20387 44199 24128 0))
28952 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28954 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28955 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28957 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28958 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28960 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28961 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28962 This display updates automatically every minute.
28963 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28964 are displayed as well.
28965 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28967 \(fn)" t nil)
28969 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28970 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28971 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28973 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28974 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28976 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28978 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28979 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28980 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28981 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28982 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28984 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28985 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28986 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28987 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28988 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28992 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28993 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28994 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28995 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28997 \(fn)" t nil)
28999 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
29000 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
29001 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
29002 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
29004 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
29006 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
29007 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
29009 \(fn)" t nil)
29011 ;;;***
29013 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
29014 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
29015 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
29016 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
29017 ;;;;;; (20453 5437 764254 0))
29018 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
29020 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
29021 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29022 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
29024 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29025 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
29026 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
29027 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
29028 (progn
29029 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
29030 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
29031 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
29033 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
29034 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
29036 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
29038 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
29039 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
29041 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29043 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
29044 Convert DAYS into a time value.
29046 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
29048 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
29049 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
29050 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
29052 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29054 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
29056 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
29057 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
29058 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
29060 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29062 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
29063 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
29065 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29067 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
29068 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
29069 DATE should be a date-time string.
29071 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29073 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
29074 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
29075 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
29077 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
29079 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
29080 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
29082 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
29084 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
29085 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
29087 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29089 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
29090 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
29091 TIME should be a time value.
29092 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
29094 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29096 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
29097 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29098 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
29100 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29102 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
29103 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
29104 The valid format specifiers are:
29105 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
29106 %d is the number of days.
29107 %h is the number of hours.
29108 %m is the number of minutes.
29109 %s is the number of seconds.
29110 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
29111 %% is a literal \"%\".
29113 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
29114 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
29116 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
29117 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
29118 return something of the form \"001 year\".
29120 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
29121 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
29122 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
29124 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
29126 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
29128 ;;;***
29130 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
29131 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
29132 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
29133 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29134 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
29135 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29136 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29137 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29138 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29139 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29140 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29142 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
29143 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
29144 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
29145 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
29146 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
29147 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
29148 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
29149 look like one of the following:
29150 Time-stamp: <>
29151 Time-stamp: \" \"
29152 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
29153 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
29154 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
29155 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
29156 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
29157 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
29158 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
29159 the template.
29161 \(fn)" t nil)
29163 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
29164 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
29165 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
29167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29169 ;;;***
29171 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
29172 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
29173 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
29174 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
29175 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
29176 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
29178 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
29179 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
29180 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
29181 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
29182 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
29183 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
29184 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
29185 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
29186 display (non-nil means on).
29188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29190 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
29191 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29192 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
29193 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
29194 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
29195 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
29196 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
29197 this function is called within a day.
29199 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
29200 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
29201 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
29202 discover the name of the project.
29204 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
29206 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
29207 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29208 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
29209 begun during the last time segment.
29211 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
29212 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
29213 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
29214 discover the reason.
29216 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
29218 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
29219 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
29220 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
29221 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
29222 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
29224 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29226 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
29227 Change to working on a different project.
29228 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
29229 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
29230 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
29231 working on.
29233 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29235 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29236 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29237 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29239 \(fn)" nil nil)
29241 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29242 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29243 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29245 \(fn)" t nil)
29247 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29248 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29249 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
29250 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29251 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29252 \"relative to today\".
29254 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29256 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29257 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29258 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
29259 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29261 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29263 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29264 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29265 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
29266 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29267 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29268 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29270 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29272 ;;;***
29274 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29275 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
29276 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29278 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29279 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29280 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29281 the generated Quail package is saved.
29283 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29285 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29286 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29287 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29288 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29289 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29290 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29291 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29293 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29295 ;;;***
29297 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29298 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20433 53542 563193 0))
29299 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29300 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29301 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29303 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29304 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29305 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29306 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29307 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29309 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29311 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29312 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29313 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29314 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29315 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29317 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29319 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29320 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29321 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29322 in the menu in two ways:
29323 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29324 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29325 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29327 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29328 keymap or an alist of alists.
29329 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29330 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29332 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29334 ;;;***
29336 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29337 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29338 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
29339 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29341 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29342 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29344 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29346 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29347 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29349 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29351 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29352 Insert new TODO list entry.
29353 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29354 category.
29356 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29358 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29359 List top priorities for each category.
29361 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29362 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29364 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29365 between each category.
29366 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29368 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29370 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29371 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29372 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29373 between each category.
29375 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29377 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29379 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29380 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29382 \(fn)" t nil)
29384 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29385 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29387 \(fn)" nil nil)
29389 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29390 Show TODO list.
29392 \(fn)" t nil)
29394 ;;;***
29396 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29397 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29398 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
29399 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29401 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29402 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29403 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29407 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29408 Add an item to the tool bar.
29409 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29410 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29411 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29412 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29414 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29415 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29416 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29417 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29419 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29420 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29422 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29424 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29425 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29426 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29427 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29428 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29429 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29431 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29432 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29433 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29434 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29436 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29438 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29439 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29440 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29441 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29442 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29443 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29444 properties to add to the binding.
29446 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29448 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29449 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29451 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29453 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29454 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29455 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29456 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29457 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29458 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29459 properties to add to the binding.
29461 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29462 holds a keymap.
29464 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29466 ;;;***
29468 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29469 ;;;;;; (20399 35365 4050 0))
29470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29472 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29473 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29474 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29476 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29477 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29479 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29481 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29482 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
29483 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29484 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29485 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29489 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29491 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29492 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29494 \(fn)" t nil)
29496 ;;;***
29498 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29499 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29502 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29503 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29505 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29506 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29507 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29508 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29509 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29511 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29512 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29513 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29514 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29515 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29517 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29518 (tpu-edt)
29520 Known Problems:
29522 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29523 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29524 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29525 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29526 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29527 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29529 \(fn)" t nil)
29531 ;;;***
29533 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20355 10021
29534 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
29535 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29537 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29538 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29539 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29540 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29541 to a tcp server on another machine.
29543 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29545 ;;;***
29547 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29548 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20485 15269 390836 0))
29549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29551 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29552 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29554 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29556 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29557 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29558 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29559 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29560 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29561 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29562 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29563 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29565 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29567 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29568 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29569 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29570 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29571 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29572 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29573 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29574 the window or buffer configuration.
29576 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29578 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29580 ;;;***
29582 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29583 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29584 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29585 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20530 32114 546307 0))
29586 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29588 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29589 Whether Tramp is enabled.
29590 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29592 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29594 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29595 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29597 It can have the following values:
29599 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29600 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29601 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29603 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29605 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
29606 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29607 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29608 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29610 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29612 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29613 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29614 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29615 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29617 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
29618 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29619 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29621 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29622 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29623 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29624 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29625 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29626 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29627 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29628 files which are not really Tramp files.
29630 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29631 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29632 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29633 updated after changing this variable.
29635 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29637 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29638 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29639 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29640 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29642 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29644 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29645 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29646 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29647 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29649 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29650 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29651 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29653 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29654 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29655 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29657 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29658 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29659 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29660 updated after changing this variable.
29662 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29664 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29665 Alist of completion handler functions.
29666 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29667 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29668 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29670 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29671 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29672 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29673 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29675 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29676 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29677 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29678 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29680 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29681 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29682 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29684 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29686 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29687 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29688 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29690 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29691 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29693 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29695 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29698 \(fn)" nil nil)
29700 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29701 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29703 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29705 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29706 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29708 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29710 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29711 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29713 \(fn)" t nil)
29715 ;;;***
29717 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29718 ;;;;;; (20438 24016 194668 0))
29719 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29721 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29724 \(fn)" nil nil)
29726 ;;;***
29728 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20518
29729 ;;;;;; 12580 46478 0))
29730 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29732 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29733 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29734 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29735 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29736 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29737 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29738 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29739 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29741 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29742 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29743 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29745 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29746 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29747 resumed later.
29749 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29751 ;;;***
29753 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29754 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29755 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29757 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29760 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29762 ;;;***
29764 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29765 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20364 31990 752722 691000))
29766 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29767 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29768 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29769 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29771 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29772 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29773 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29774 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29775 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29776 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29777 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29779 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29781 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29782 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29783 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29784 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29786 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29788 \(fn)" t nil)
29790 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29791 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29792 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29793 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29794 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29795 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29796 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29798 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29799 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29801 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29802 \\___/\\
29803 / \\
29804 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29806 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29808 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29810 ;;;***
29812 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29813 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29814 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29815 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29816 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
29817 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29819 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29820 Toggle typing break mode.
29821 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29822 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29823 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29825 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29827 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29828 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29830 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29832 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29833 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29835 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29836 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29837 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29839 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29840 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29842 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29844 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29845 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29847 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29848 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29849 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29850 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29852 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29854 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29855 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29856 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29858 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29859 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29860 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29861 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29862 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29863 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29865 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29866 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29867 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29868 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29870 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29871 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29873 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29874 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29876 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29878 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29879 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29880 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29882 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29883 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29884 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29885 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29886 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29887 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29888 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29890 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29891 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29893 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29894 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29895 reset the keystroke counter.
29897 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29898 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29899 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29900 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29902 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29903 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29904 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29905 `type-break-schedule' command.
29907 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29908 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29909 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29910 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29911 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29912 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29913 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29914 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29915 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29917 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29918 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29919 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29920 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29921 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29923 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29924 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29925 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29926 approximate good values for this.
29928 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29929 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29931 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29932 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29933 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29934 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29935 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29936 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29938 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29939 a typing break occur. They include:
29941 `type-break-query-mode'
29942 `type-break-query-function'
29943 `type-break-query-interval'
29945 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29947 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29948 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29949 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29950 problems.
29952 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29954 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29955 Take a typing break.
29957 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29958 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29960 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29961 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29963 \(fn)" t nil)
29965 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29966 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29967 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29968 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29970 \(fn)" t nil)
29972 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29973 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29975 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29976 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29977 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29978 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29979 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29980 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29981 average typing speed.)
29983 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29984 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29985 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29986 the computed maximum threshold.
29988 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29989 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29990 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29991 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29992 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29994 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29996 ;;;***
29998 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20355 10021
29999 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
30000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
30002 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
30003 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
30004 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
30005 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
30006 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
30008 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
30010 ;;;***
30012 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
30013 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
30014 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
30015 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
30016 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
30017 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
30018 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
30020 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30021 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
30023 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30025 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30026 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
30028 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30030 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30031 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
30033 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30035 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30036 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
30038 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30040 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30041 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
30043 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30045 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30046 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
30048 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30050 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30051 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
30053 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30055 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30056 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
30058 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30060 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30061 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30063 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30065 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30066 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30068 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30070 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30071 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30073 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30075 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30076 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30078 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30080 ;;;***
30082 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
30083 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
30084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
30086 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
30087 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
30088 Works by overstriking underscores.
30089 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30090 which specify the range to operate on.
30092 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30094 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
30095 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
30096 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30097 which specify the range to operate on.
30099 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30101 ;;;***
30103 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
30104 ;;;;;; (20369 14251 85829 0))
30105 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
30107 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
30108 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
30109 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
30110 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
30111 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
30112 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
30114 \(fn)" nil nil)
30116 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
30117 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
30119 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
30121 ;;;***
30123 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20355
30124 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
30125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
30127 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
30128 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
30129 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
30130 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
30132 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
30134 ;;;***
30136 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
30137 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
30138 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
30140 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
30141 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30142 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
30143 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
30144 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
30146 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
30147 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
30148 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
30149 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
30150 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
30151 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
30153 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
30154 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
30155 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
30157 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
30158 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
30159 the callback is not called).
30161 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
30162 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
30163 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
30164 take effect.
30166 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
30167 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
30168 the server.
30169 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
30170 URL-encoded before it's used.
30172 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30174 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
30175 Retrieve URL synchronously.
30176 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
30177 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
30178 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30180 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30182 ;;;***
30184 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
30185 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
30186 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
30188 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
30189 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
30190 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
30192 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
30193 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
30194 `url-generic-parse-url'
30195 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
30196 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
30197 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
30198 realm
30199 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
30200 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
30201 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
30202 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
30203 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
30204 what type of auth to use
30205 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
30206 if one cannot be found in the cache
30208 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
30210 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
30211 Register an HTTP authentication method.
30213 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
30214 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
30215 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
30216 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
30217 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
30218 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
30219 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
30220 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
30222 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
30224 ;;;***
30226 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
30227 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
30228 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
30230 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
30231 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
30233 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
30235 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
30236 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
30237 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
30239 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30241 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
30242 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
30244 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30246 ;;;***
30248 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20355 10021
30249 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
30250 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30252 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30255 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30257 ;;;***
30259 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
30260 ;;;;;; "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
30261 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30263 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30264 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
30265 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
30267 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30269 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
30270 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
30271 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
30272 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
30274 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
30275 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
30276 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
30277 though.
30279 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
30281 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
30282 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
30283 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
30285 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
30287 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30290 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30292 ;;;***
30294 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20478
30295 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
30296 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30298 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30299 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30301 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30303 ;;;***
30305 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30306 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
30307 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30309 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30310 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30312 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
30314 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30315 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30316 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30317 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30318 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30320 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30322 ;;;***
30324 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30325 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30326 ;;;;;; (20440 54677 388705 0))
30327 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30329 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30330 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30331 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30332 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30333 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30334 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30336 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30338 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30339 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30340 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30341 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30342 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30346 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30347 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30348 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
30349 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30351 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30353 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30354 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
30355 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30356 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30357 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30358 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30359 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30360 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
30361 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30362 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30364 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30366 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30367 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30368 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30369 accessible.
30371 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30373 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30376 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30378 ;;;***
30380 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
30381 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20522 38650 757441
30382 ;;;;;; 0))
30383 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30385 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
30386 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
30387 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
30388 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
30389 CBARGS as the arguments.
30391 Optional arg RETRY-BUFFER, if non-nil, specifies the buffer of a
30392 previous `url-http' call, which is being re-attempted.
30394 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS &optional RETRY-BUFFER)" nil nil)
30396 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
30399 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30401 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
30403 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
30406 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
30408 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
30409 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30410 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30412 Property list members:
30414 methods
30415 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30416 supports.
30419 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30420 supported.
30422 dasl
30423 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30425 ranges
30426 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30429 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30430 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
30431 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30432 Emacs/W3.
30434 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30436 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30437 Default HTTPS port.")
30439 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30440 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30441 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30443 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30444 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30445 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30446 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30447 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30449 ;;;***
30451 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20355 10021
30452 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
30453 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30455 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30458 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30460 ;;;***
30462 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20355
30463 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
30464 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30466 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30467 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30468 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30469 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30470 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30472 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30474 ;;;***
30476 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30477 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
30478 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30480 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30483 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30485 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30486 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30488 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30490 ;;;***
30492 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30493 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20478 3673 653810
30494 ;;;;;; 0))
30495 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30497 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30498 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30500 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30502 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30503 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30505 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30507 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30510 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30512 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30514 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30516 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30518 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30519 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30521 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30523 ;;;***
30525 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30526 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
30527 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30529 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30532 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30534 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30537 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30539 ;;;***
30541 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30542 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30543 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
30544 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30546 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30549 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30551 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30554 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30556 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30559 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30561 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30564 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30566 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30569 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30571 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30574 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30576 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30579 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30581 ;;;***
30583 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30584 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
30585 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30587 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30588 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30590 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30592 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30593 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30594 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30596 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
30597 USER is the user name (string or nil).
30598 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
30599 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
30600 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
30601 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
30602 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
30603 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
30604 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
30605 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
30606 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
30607 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
30608 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
30609 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
30611 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
30612 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
30613 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
30615 Here is an example. The URL
30617 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
30619 parses to
30621 TYPE = \"foo\"
30622 USER = \"bob\"
30623 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
30624 HOST = \"example.com\"
30625 PORTSPEC = 42
30626 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
30627 TARGET = \"nose\"
30628 ATTRIBUTES = nil
30629 FULLNESS = t
30631 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30633 ;;;***
30635 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30636 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
30637 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30639 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30640 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30642 \(fn)" t nil)
30644 ;;;***
30646 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30647 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
30648 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30650 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30651 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30652 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
30653 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
30654 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
30655 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
30657 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30659 ;;;***
30661 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30662 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
30663 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
30664 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
30665 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
30666 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
30667 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20520
30668 ;;;;;; 54308 826101 0))
30669 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30671 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30672 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30673 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30675 If t, all messages will be logged.
30676 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30677 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30679 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30681 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30684 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30686 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30689 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30691 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30692 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30693 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30694 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30695 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30696 & ==> &amp;
30697 < ==> &lt;
30698 > ==> &gt;
30699 \" ==> &quot;
30701 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30703 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30704 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30705 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30707 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30709 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30710 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30711 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30713 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30715 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30716 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30718 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30720 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30721 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30723 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30725 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30726 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30728 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30730 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30733 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30735 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30738 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30740 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30743 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30745 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30747 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30748 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30750 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30752 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30753 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30755 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30757 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30760 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30762 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
30763 Build a query-string.
30765 Given a QUERY in the form:
30766 '((key1 val1)
30767 (key2 val2)
30768 (key3 val1 val2)
30769 (key4)
30770 (key5
30772 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
30774 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30775 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30776 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30777 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30778 forbidden in URL encoding.
30780 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30782 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30783 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
30784 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
30785 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
30786 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
30787 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
30789 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
30790 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
30791 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
30792 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
30794 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
30796 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
30797 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
30798 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
30799 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
30800 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
30801 should return it unchanged.
30803 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30805 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30806 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30807 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30808 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30810 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30812 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30813 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30814 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30816 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30818 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30819 View the current document's URL.
30820 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30821 the minibuffer.
30823 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30825 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30827 ;;;***
30829 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30830 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20490 33188 850375 0))
30831 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30833 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30834 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30835 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30836 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30837 to refrain from editing the file
30838 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30839 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30840 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30841 in any way you like.
30843 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30845 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30846 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30847 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30848 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30849 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30851 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30852 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30854 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30856 ;;;***
30858 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30859 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30860 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
30861 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30863 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30866 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30868 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30871 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30873 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30876 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30878 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30881 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30883 ;;;***
30885 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20355 10021
30886 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
30887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30889 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30890 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30892 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30894 ;;;***
30896 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30897 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30898 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
30899 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30901 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30902 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30903 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30904 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30906 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30908 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30909 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30910 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30912 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30914 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30915 Uudecode region between START and END.
30916 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30918 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30920 ;;;***
30922 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30923 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30924 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30925 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30926 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30927 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30928 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20542
30929 ;;;;;; 46798 773957 0))
30930 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30932 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30933 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30934 See `run-hooks'.")
30936 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30938 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30939 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30940 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30942 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30944 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30945 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30946 See `run-hooks'.")
30948 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30950 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30951 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30952 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
30953 same state. If not, signal an error.
30955 For merging-based version control systems:
30956 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
30957 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
30958 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
30959 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
30960 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
30961 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
30963 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
30964 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
30965 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
30966 the file(s) for editing.
30967 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
30968 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
30969 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
30970 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
30971 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
30972 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
30974 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30976 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30977 Register into a version control system.
30978 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30979 Otherwise register the current file.
30980 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30981 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30983 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30984 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30985 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30986 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30987 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30988 first backend that could register the file is used.
30990 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30992 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30993 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30995 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30997 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30998 Display diffs between file revisions.
30999 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
31000 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
31001 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31003 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31004 saving the buffer.
31006 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31008 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
31009 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
31010 repository history using ediff.
31012 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
31014 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
31015 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
31016 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
31017 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
31018 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31020 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31021 saving the buffer.
31023 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31025 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
31026 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
31027 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
31028 fileset with the working revision.
31029 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
31030 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31032 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31033 saving the buffer.
31035 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31037 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
31038 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
31039 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
31040 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
31042 \(fn REV)" t nil)
31044 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
31045 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
31046 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
31047 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
31049 \(fn)" t nil)
31051 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
31052 Perform a version control merge operation.
31053 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31054 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
31055 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
31056 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
31058 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
31059 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
31060 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
31061 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
31062 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
31063 changes from the current branch.
31065 \(fn)" t nil)
31067 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
31069 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
31070 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
31071 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
31072 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
31073 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
31074 checked out in that new branch.
31076 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
31078 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
31079 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
31080 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
31081 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
31082 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
31083 allowed and simply skipped).
31085 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
31087 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
31088 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
31089 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
31090 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31091 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31093 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
31094 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
31096 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
31098 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
31099 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
31100 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31101 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31102 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
31104 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
31106 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
31107 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
31108 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
31110 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31112 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
31113 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
31114 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
31116 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31118 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
31119 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
31120 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
31121 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
31123 \(fn)" t nil)
31125 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
31126 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
31127 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
31128 depending on the underlying version-control system.
31130 \(fn)" t nil)
31132 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
31134 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
31135 Update the current fileset or branch.
31136 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31137 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
31138 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
31139 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
31141 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
31142 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
31143 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
31144 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
31145 tip revision are merged into the working file.
31147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31149 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
31151 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
31152 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
31153 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
31154 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
31155 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
31156 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
31157 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
31159 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
31161 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
31162 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
31163 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
31164 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
31165 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
31166 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
31167 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
31168 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
31169 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
31171 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
31173 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
31174 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
31176 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31178 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
31179 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
31181 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
31183 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
31184 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
31185 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
31186 directory.
31188 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
31190 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
31191 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
31192 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
31194 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
31195 log entries should be gathered.
31197 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
31199 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
31200 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
31202 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
31204 ;;;***
31206 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
31207 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
31208 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
31210 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
31211 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
31213 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
31214 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
31215 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
31216 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
31217 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
31218 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31220 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
31221 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
31222 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
31223 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
31224 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
31225 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
31226 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
31227 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31229 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
31231 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
31233 Customization variables:
31235 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
31236 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
31237 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
31238 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
31240 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
31242 ;;;***
31244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20478 3673 653810
31245 ;;;;;; 0))
31246 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
31247 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
31248 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
31249 (progn
31250 (load "vc-arch")
31251 (vc-arch-registered file))))
31253 ;;;***
31255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20489 12324 656827
31256 ;;;;;; 0))
31257 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
31259 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
31260 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
31262 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
31263 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
31264 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
31265 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
31266 (progn
31267 (load "vc-bzr")
31268 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
31270 ;;;***
31272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20542 46798 773957
31273 ;;;;;; 0))
31274 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
31275 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
31276 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
31277 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
31278 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
31279 (load "vc-cvs")
31280 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
31282 ;;;***
31284 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20522 9637 465791
31285 ;;;;;; 0))
31286 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
31288 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
31289 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
31290 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
31291 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
31292 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
31294 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
31295 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
31296 The file lines appear later.
31298 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
31299 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
31301 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
31303 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
31305 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
31307 ;;;***
31309 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
31310 ;;;;;; (20489 12324 656827 0))
31311 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
31313 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
31314 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
31315 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
31316 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
31317 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
31318 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
31319 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
31320 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
31321 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
31322 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
31323 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
31324 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
31325 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
31326 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
31327 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
31329 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
31331 ;;;***
31333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20495 51111 757560
31334 ;;;;;; 0))
31335 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31336 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31337 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31338 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
31339 (progn
31340 (load "vc-git")
31341 (vc-git-registered file))))
31343 ;;;***
31345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20489 12324 656827 0))
31346 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31347 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31348 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31349 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
31350 (progn
31351 (load "vc-hg")
31352 (vc-hg-registered file))))
31354 ;;;***
31356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20524 51365 2559 0))
31357 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31359 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
31360 Name of the monotone directory.")
31362 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
31363 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
31364 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31365 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31366 (progn
31367 (load "vc-mtn")
31368 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31370 ;;;***
31372 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31373 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
31374 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31376 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31377 Where to look for RCS master files.
31378 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31380 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31382 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31384 ;;;***
31386 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31387 ;;;;;; (20430 41939 815258 390000))
31388 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31390 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31391 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31392 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31394 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31395 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31397 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31398 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31399 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31400 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31402 ;;;***
31404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20355 10021 546955
31405 ;;;;;; 0))
31406 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31407 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31408 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31409 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31410 "_svn")
31411 (t ".svn"))))
31412 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31413 (load "vc-svn")
31414 (vc-svn-registered f))))
31416 ;;;***
31418 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31419 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
31420 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31421 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
31423 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31424 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31426 Usage:
31427 ------
31429 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31430 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31431 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31432 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31434 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31435 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31436 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31437 completions.
31439 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31440 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31442 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31443 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31445 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
31446 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31447 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31449 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31452 Maintenance:
31453 ------------
31455 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31456 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31458 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31460 Official distribution is at
31461 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31464 The Vera Mode Maintainer
31465 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31467 Key bindings:
31468 -------------
31470 \\{vera-mode-map}
31472 \(fn)" t nil)
31474 ;;;***
31476 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31477 ;;;;;; (20420 41510 996439 0))
31478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31480 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31481 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31482 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31483 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31484 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31486 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31488 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31489 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31491 Supports highlighting.
31493 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31494 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31496 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31498 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
31499 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31500 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
31501 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31502 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31503 on the left side of your screen.
31504 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
31505 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31506 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31507 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
31508 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31509 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31510 function keyword.
31511 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
31512 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31513 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
31514 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31515 if (a)
31516 begin
31517 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
31518 Indentation for case statements.
31519 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
31520 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31521 mark after an end.
31522 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
31523 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31524 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
31525 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31526 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31527 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
31528 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31529 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
31530 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
31531 if (a)
31532 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31533 otherwise you get:
31534 if (a)
31535 begin
31536 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
31537 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31538 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31539 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31540 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31541 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31542 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
31543 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31544 comments in tight quarters.
31545 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
31546 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31548 Variables controlling other actions:
31550 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
31551 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
31552 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31554 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31556 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31558 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
31559 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
31560 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31562 Some other functions are:
31564 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31565 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31566 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31567 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31568 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31570 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31571 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31572 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31573 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31575 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31576 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31577 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31578 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31579 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31580 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31581 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31582 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31583 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31584 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
31585 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
31586 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31587 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31588 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31589 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31590 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31591 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31592 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31593 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31594 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31595 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31596 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31597 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31598 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31599 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31600 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31601 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31602 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31603 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31604 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31606 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31607 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31609 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31611 \(fn)" t nil)
31613 ;;;***
31615 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31616 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
31617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31619 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31620 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31622 Usage:
31623 ------
31625 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31626 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31627 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31628 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31629 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31630 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31631 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31632 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31633 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
31635 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31636 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31637 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31638 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31640 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31641 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31642 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31643 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31644 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31646 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31647 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31650 HEADER INSERTION:
31651 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31652 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31653 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31656 STUTTERING:
31657 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31658 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31659 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31660 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31662 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31663 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31664 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31665 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31666 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31669 WORD COMPLETION:
31670 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31671 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31672 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31673 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31675 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31676 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31677 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31678 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31679 beginning with \"std\").
31681 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31682 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31683 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31684 stop.
31687 COMMENTS:
31688 `--' puts a single comment.
31689 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31690 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31691 with a comment in between.
31692 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31693 out following lines.
31694 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31695 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
31696 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
31697 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
31699 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31700 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31701 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31702 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31703 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31704 non-nil.
31706 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31707 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31708 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31709 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31710 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31711 multi-line comments.
31714 INDENTATION:
31715 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31716 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31717 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31718 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
31719 the entire region.
31721 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31722 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31723 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31724 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31726 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31727 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31728 and vice versa.
31730 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31731 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31733 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
31734 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
31735 line.
31738 ALIGNMENT:
31739 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31740 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31741 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31742 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31743 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31744 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31745 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31746 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31748 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31749 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31750 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31751 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31752 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31753 is non-nil.
31755 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31756 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31757 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31759 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31760 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31763 CODE FILLING:
31764 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31765 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31766 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31767 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31768 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31769 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31772 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31773 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31774 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
31775 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31776 command:
31778 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31781 PORT TRANSLATION:
31782 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31783 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31784 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31785 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31786 internal signal initializations (menu).
31788 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31789 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31790 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31792 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31793 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31794 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31795 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31796 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31797 in subsequent paste operations.)
31799 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31800 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31801 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31804 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31805 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31806 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31807 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31808 association list with formals).
31811 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31812 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31813 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31814 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31815 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31816 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31817 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31818 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31819 `vhdl-testbench'.
31822 KEY BINDINGS:
31823 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31826 VHDL MENU:
31827 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31830 FILE BROWSER:
31831 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31832 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31833 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31835 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31836 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31839 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31840 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31841 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31842 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31844 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31845 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31846 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31848 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31849 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31850 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31851 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31853 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31854 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31855 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31856 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31857 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31859 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31860 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31861 required by secondary units.
31864 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31865 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
31866 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31867 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31868 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31869 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31870 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
31871 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31872 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31873 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31874 inputs to this component -> input port created
31875 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31876 outputs from this component -> output port created
31877 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31878 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31880 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31881 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31882 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31883 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31884 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31886 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31887 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31889 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31890 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31891 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31892 component instantiation is also supported (option
31893 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31895 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31896 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31897 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31898 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31899 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31900 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31901 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31902 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31903 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31904 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31905 generating the configuration.
31907 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31908 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31909 configurations in speedbar.
31911 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31914 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31915 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31916 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31917 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31918 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31919 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31920 information. New compilers can be added.
31922 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31923 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31926 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31927 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31928 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31929 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31930 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31932 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31933 command:
31935 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31936 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31937 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31939 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31940 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31941 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
31942 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
31943 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
31944 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
31945 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
31946 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
31947 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31949 Limitations:
31950 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31951 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31952 not (yet) supported.
31953 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31954 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31955 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31958 PROJECTS:
31959 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31960 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31961 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31962 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31963 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31964 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31965 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31966 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31968 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31969 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31970 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31971 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31972 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31973 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31974 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31975 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31976 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31977 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31978 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31981 SPECIAL MENUES:
31982 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31983 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31984 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31985 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31986 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31987 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31988 current directory for VHDL source files.
31991 VHDL STANDARDS:
31992 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31993 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31996 KEYWORD CASE:
31997 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31998 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31999 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
32000 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
32001 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
32002 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
32003 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
32004 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
32007 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
32008 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
32009 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
32010 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
32011 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
32012 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
32013 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
32015 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
32016 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
32017 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
32018 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
32019 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
32020 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
32022 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
32023 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
32024 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
32025 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
32026 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
32027 visually.
32029 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
32030 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
32031 highlighted if written in lower case.
32033 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
32034 highlighted using a different background color if option
32035 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
32037 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
32038 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
32039 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
32040 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
32041 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
32044 USER MODELS:
32045 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
32046 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
32047 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
32050 HIDE/SHOW:
32051 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
32052 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
32053 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
32054 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
32055 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
32058 CODE UPDATING:
32059 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
32060 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
32061 Limitations:
32062 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
32063 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
32064 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
32065 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
32066 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
32067 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
32068 (used to obtain the port names).
32069 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
32070 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
32071 sensitivity lists.
32074 CODE FIXING:
32075 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
32076 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
32079 PRINTING:
32080 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
32081 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
32082 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
32083 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
32084 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
32085 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
32086 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
32087 printers.
32090 OPTIONS:
32091 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
32092 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
32093 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
32094 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
32095 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
32097 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
32098 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
32099 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
32100 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
32101 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
32102 INSTALL file).
32104 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
32105 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
32108 FILE EXTENSIONS:
32109 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
32110 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
32111 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
32113 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
32116 HINTS:
32117 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
32118 a VHDL file first, use the command:
32120 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
32122 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
32124 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
32127 RELEASE NOTES:
32128 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
32131 Maintenance:
32132 ------------
32134 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
32135 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
32137 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
32139 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
32140 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
32141 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
32142 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
32144 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
32145 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
32146 where the latest version can be found.
32149 Known problems:
32150 ---------------
32152 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
32153 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
32154 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
32155 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
32158 The VHDL Mode Authors
32159 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
32161 Key bindings:
32162 -------------
32164 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
32166 \(fn)" t nil)
32168 ;;;***
32170 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20355 10021 546955
32171 ;;;;;; 0))
32172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
32174 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
32175 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
32176 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
32177 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
32179 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
32180 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
32181 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
32182 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
32183 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
32185 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
32186 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
32188 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
32190 * Limitations and unsupported features
32191 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
32192 not supported.
32193 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
32194 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
32196 * Modifications
32197 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
32198 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
32199 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
32200 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
32201 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
32202 for undoing a repeated change command.
32203 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
32204 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
32205 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
32207 * Extensions
32208 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
32209 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
32210 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
32211 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
32212 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
32213 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
32214 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
32215 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
32217 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
32219 \(fn)" t nil)
32221 ;;;***
32223 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
32224 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
32225 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
32226 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
32227 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
32229 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
32230 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
32232 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
32234 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32235 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
32236 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32237 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32239 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32241 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32242 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
32244 \(fn)" t nil)
32246 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32247 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32248 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32249 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32253 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32254 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32256 \(fn)" t nil)
32258 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
32261 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32263 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
32266 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32268 ;;;***
32270 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
32271 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
32272 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
32273 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
32274 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
32275 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
32277 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
32278 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
32279 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
32281 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
32283 (defvar view-mode nil "\
32284 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
32285 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
32286 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
32288 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
32290 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
32291 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
32293 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
32295 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
32296 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32297 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32298 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32299 moving around in the buffer.
32300 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32301 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32303 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32305 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32307 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
32308 View FILE in View mode in another window.
32309 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
32310 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
32312 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32313 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32314 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32315 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32316 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32318 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32320 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32322 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
32323 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
32324 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
32325 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
32326 buffer.
32328 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32329 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32330 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32331 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32332 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32334 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32336 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32338 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
32339 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32340 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32341 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32342 moving around in the buffer.
32343 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32344 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32346 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32348 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32349 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32350 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32352 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
32353 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
32354 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
32355 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32357 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32358 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32359 own View-like bindings.
32361 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32363 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32364 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32365 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32366 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32367 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32368 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32369 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32371 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32373 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32375 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32376 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32377 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32379 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32380 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32381 own View-like bindings.
32383 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32385 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32386 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32387 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32388 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32389 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32390 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32391 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32393 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32395 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32397 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32398 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32399 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32401 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32402 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32403 own View-like bindings.
32405 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32407 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32408 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32409 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32410 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32411 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32413 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32414 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
32415 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
32416 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32418 \\<view-mode-map>
32420 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
32421 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
32422 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32423 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32424 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32425 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
32426 to a repeat count of one.
32428 H, h, ? This message.
32429 Digits provide prefix arguments.
32430 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
32431 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32432 > move to the end of buffer.
32433 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32434 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32435 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32436 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32437 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32438 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32439 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32440 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32441 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32442 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32443 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32444 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32445 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32446 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32447 Use this to view a changing file.
32448 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
32449 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32450 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32451 . set the mark.
32452 x exchanges point and mark.
32453 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
32454 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32455 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32456 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
32457 ' go to position saved in character register.
32458 s do forward incremental search.
32459 r do reverse incremental search.
32460 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32461 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32462 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
32463 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32464 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32465 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
32466 p searches backward for last regular expression.
32467 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32468 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32469 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
32470 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32471 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32472 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32473 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32474 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32475 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32476 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32478 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
32479 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32480 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32481 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32482 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32483 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32484 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32485 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32486 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32488 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32492 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32493 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32494 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32495 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32496 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
32497 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32498 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32499 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32500 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32502 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32504 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32505 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32506 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32507 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32508 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32509 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32511 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32512 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
32513 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32515 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32517 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32519 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32521 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32522 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32524 \(fn)" t nil)
32526 ;;;***
32528 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20513
32529 ;;;;;; 18948 537867 0))
32530 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32532 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32533 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32535 \(fn)" nil nil)
32537 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32538 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32540 \(fn)" t nil)
32542 ;;;***
32544 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32545 ;;;;;; (20501 3499 284800 0))
32546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32548 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32549 Toggle Viper on/off.
32550 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
32552 \(fn)" t nil)
32554 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32555 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32557 \(fn)" t nil)
32559 ;;;***
32561 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32562 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
32563 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32565 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32566 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32567 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32568 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32569 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32570 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32571 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
32572 the beginning of the warning.")
32574 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32575 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32576 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32577 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32578 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32579 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32580 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32581 also call that function before the next warning.")
32583 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32584 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32586 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32587 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32588 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32589 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32591 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32592 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32593 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32594 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32595 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32596 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32598 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32599 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32600 Default is :warning.
32602 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32603 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32604 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32605 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32606 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32607 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32609 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32610 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32611 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32613 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32615 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32616 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32618 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32620 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32621 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32622 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32623 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32625 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32626 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32627 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32628 can be whatever you like.)
32630 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32631 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32633 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32634 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32635 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32636 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32637 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32639 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32641 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32642 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32643 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32644 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32645 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32647 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32649 ;;;***
32651 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32652 ;;;;;; (20510 18478 782378 0))
32653 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32655 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32656 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
32657 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32658 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
32659 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
32660 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
32661 directories to reflect your edits.
32663 See `wdired-mode'.
32665 \(fn)" t nil)
32667 ;;;***
32669 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20355 10021
32670 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
32671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32673 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32674 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32676 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32677 hotlist.
32679 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32680 <nwv@acm.org>.
32682 \(fn)" t nil)
32684 ;;;***
32686 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode which-func-mode) "which-func"
32687 ;;;;;; "progmodes/which-func.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
32688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32689 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32690 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32692 (autoload 'which-func-mode "which-func" "\
32695 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
32697 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32698 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32699 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32700 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32701 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32702 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32704 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32706 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32707 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32708 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32709 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32710 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32712 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
32713 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32714 in certain major modes.
32716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32718 ;;;***
32720 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32721 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32722 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32723 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20508 13724
32724 ;;;;;; 260761 0))
32725 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32727 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32728 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32730 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32731 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32733 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32734 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32738 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32739 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32740 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32741 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32742 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32744 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32745 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32746 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32747 use `whitespace-mode'.
32749 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32753 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32754 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32755 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32757 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32758 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32760 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32762 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32763 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32764 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32765 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32766 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32768 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32769 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32773 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32774 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32775 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32776 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32777 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32778 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32780 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32782 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32783 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32784 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32785 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
32786 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32788 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32789 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32790 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32791 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32793 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32797 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32798 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32800 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32801 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32803 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32804 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32806 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32808 CHAR MEANING
32809 (VIA FACES)
32810 f toggle face visualization
32811 t toggle TAB visualization
32812 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32813 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32814 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32815 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32816 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32817 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32818 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32819 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32820 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32821 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32822 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32823 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32824 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32825 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32826 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32828 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32829 T toggle TAB visualization
32830 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32831 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32833 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32834 ? display brief help
32836 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32837 The valid symbols are:
32839 face toggle face visualization
32840 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32841 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32842 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32843 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32844 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32845 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32846 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32847 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32848 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32849 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32850 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32851 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32852 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32853 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32854 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32855 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32857 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32858 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32859 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32861 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32863 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32865 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32867 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32868 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32870 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32871 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32873 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32874 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32876 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32878 CHAR MEANING
32879 (VIA FACES)
32880 f toggle face visualization
32881 t toggle TAB visualization
32882 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32883 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32884 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32885 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32886 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32887 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32888 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32889 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32890 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32891 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32892 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32893 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32894 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32895 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32896 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32898 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32899 T toggle TAB visualization
32900 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32901 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32903 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32904 ? display brief help
32906 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32907 The valid symbols are:
32909 face toggle face visualization
32910 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32911 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32912 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32913 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32914 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32915 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32916 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32917 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32918 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32919 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32920 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32921 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32922 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32923 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32924 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32925 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32927 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32928 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32929 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32931 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32933 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32935 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32937 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32938 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32940 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32941 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32942 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32943 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32944 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32946 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32948 The problems cleaned up are:
32950 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32951 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32952 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32953 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32955 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32956 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32957 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32958 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32959 SPACEs.
32960 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32961 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32962 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32963 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32965 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32966 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32967 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32968 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32969 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32970 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32971 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32972 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32974 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32975 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32976 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32978 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32979 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32980 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32981 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32982 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32983 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32984 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32985 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32987 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32988 documentation.
32990 \(fn)" t nil)
32992 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32993 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32995 The problems cleaned up are:
32997 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32998 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32999 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
33000 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
33001 SPACEs.
33002 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
33003 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
33004 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
33005 replace TABs by SPACEs.
33007 2. SPACEs before TAB.
33008 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
33009 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
33010 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
33011 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33012 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
33013 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33014 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
33016 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33017 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
33018 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33020 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33021 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
33022 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
33023 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
33024 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33025 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
33026 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33027 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
33029 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
33030 documentation.
33032 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33034 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
33035 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
33037 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
33038 non-nil.
33040 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
33041 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
33042 `whitespace-style' to have:
33044 empty
33045 trailing
33046 indentation
33047 space-before-tab
33048 space-after-tab
33050 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33051 whitespace problems in buffer.
33053 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33055 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33056 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33057 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33058 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33059 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33060 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33061 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33063 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33064 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33065 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33066 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33067 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
33068 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33069 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33071 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33072 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33073 cleaning up these problems.
33075 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33077 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
33078 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
33080 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
33081 non-nil.
33083 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
33084 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
33085 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
33087 empty
33088 indentation
33089 space-before-tab
33090 trailing
33091 space-after-tab
33093 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33094 whitespace problems in buffer.
33096 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33098 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33099 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33100 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33101 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33102 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33103 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33104 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33106 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33107 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33108 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33109 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33110 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
33111 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33112 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33114 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33115 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33116 cleaning up these problems.
33118 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33120 ;;;***
33122 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
33123 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20478 3673
33124 ;;;;;; 653810 0))
33125 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
33127 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
33128 Browse the widget under point.
33130 \(fn POS)" t nil)
33132 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
33133 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
33135 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
33137 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
33138 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
33140 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
33142 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
33143 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
33144 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
33145 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
33146 if ARG is omitted or nil.
33148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33150 ;;;***
33152 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
33153 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20373
33154 ;;;;;; 11301 906925 0))
33155 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
33157 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
33158 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
33160 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33162 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
33163 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
33164 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
33166 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
33168 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
33169 Create widget of TYPE.
33170 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
33172 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33174 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
33175 Delete WIDGET.
33177 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33179 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
33180 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
33182 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33184 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
33185 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
33186 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
33187 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
33189 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
33190 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
33192 \(fn)" nil nil)
33194 ;;;***
33196 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
33197 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20495
33198 ;;;;;; 51111 757560 0))
33199 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
33201 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
33202 Select the window to the left of the current one.
33203 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33204 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33205 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
33206 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33207 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33211 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
33212 Select the window above the current one.
33213 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
33214 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
33215 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
33216 negative ARG) of the current window.
33217 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33221 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
33222 Select the window to the right of the current one.
33223 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33224 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
33225 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
33226 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
33227 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33231 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
33232 Select the window below the current one.
33233 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33234 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33235 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
33236 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33237 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33241 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
33242 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
33243 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
33244 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
33246 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
33248 ;;;***
33250 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
33251 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
33252 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
33254 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
33255 Toggle Winner mode.
33256 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33257 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
33259 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
33261 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
33262 Toggle Winner mode.
33263 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
33265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33267 ;;;***
33269 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
33270 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20539 18737 159373
33271 ;;;;;; 0))
33272 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
33274 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
33275 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
33276 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
33277 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
33278 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
33280 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
33282 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
33283 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
33284 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
33285 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
33286 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
33287 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
33288 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
33289 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
33291 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
33292 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
33294 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
33296 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
33297 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
33299 \(fn)" t nil)
33301 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
33302 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
33303 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
33304 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
33305 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
33306 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
33307 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
33308 `woman' command for further details.
33310 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
33312 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
33313 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
33315 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
33317 ;;;***
33319 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
33320 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
33321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
33323 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
33324 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
33326 BUGS:
33327 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
33328 are not implemented
33329 - Options for search and replace
33330 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
33331 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
33333 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
33334 Emacs-like.
33336 The key bindings are:
33338 C-a backward-word
33339 C-b fill-paragraph
33340 C-c scroll-up-line
33341 C-d forward-char
33342 C-e previous-line
33343 C-f forward-word
33344 C-g delete-char
33345 C-h backward-char
33346 C-i indent-for-tab-command
33347 C-j help-for-help
33348 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
33349 C-l ws-repeat-search
33350 C-n open-line
33351 C-p quoted-insert
33352 C-r scroll-down-line
33353 C-s backward-char
33354 C-t kill-word
33355 C-u keyboard-quit
33356 C-v overwrite-mode
33357 C-w scroll-down
33358 C-x next-line
33359 C-y kill-complete-line
33360 C-z scroll-up
33362 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
33363 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
33364 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
33365 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
33366 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
33367 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
33368 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
33369 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
33370 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
33371 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
33372 C-k b ws-begin-block
33373 C-k c ws-copy-block
33374 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
33375 C-k f find-file
33376 C-k h ws-show-markers
33377 C-k i ws-indent-block
33378 C-k k ws-end-block
33379 C-k p ws-print-block
33380 C-k q kill-emacs
33381 C-k r insert-file
33382 C-k s save-some-buffers
33383 C-k t ws-mark-word
33384 C-k u ws-exdent-block
33385 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
33386 C-k v ws-move-block
33387 C-k w ws-write-block
33388 C-k x kill-emacs
33389 C-k y ws-delete-block
33391 C-o c wordstar-center-line
33392 C-o b switch-to-buffer
33393 C-o j justify-current-line
33394 C-o k kill-buffer
33395 C-o l list-buffers
33396 C-o m auto-fill-mode
33397 C-o r set-fill-column
33398 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
33399 C-o wd delete-other-windows
33400 C-o wh split-window-right
33401 C-o wo other-window
33402 C-o wv split-window-below
33404 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
33405 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
33406 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
33407 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
33408 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
33409 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
33410 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
33411 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
33412 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
33413 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
33414 C-q a ws-query-replace
33415 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
33416 C-q c end-of-buffer
33417 C-q d end-of-line
33418 C-q f ws-search
33419 C-q k ws-to-block-end
33420 C-q l ws-undo
33421 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
33422 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
33423 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
33424 C-q w ws-last-error
33425 C-q y ws-kill-eol
33426 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
33428 \(fn)" t nil)
33430 ;;;***
33432 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20478 3673
33433 ;;;;;; 653810 0))
33434 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33436 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33437 Perform an interactive search.
33438 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33439 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
33440 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
33441 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33443 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33444 Example:
33446 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33448 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33450 ;;;***
33452 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33453 ;;;;;; (20528 48420 241677 0))
33454 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33456 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33457 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33458 Return the top node with all its children.
33459 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33461 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
33462 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
33463 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
33465 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
33467 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
33468 namespace to URIs instead.
33470 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
33471 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
33473 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
33475 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
33477 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33479 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33480 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33481 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
33482 not contain well-formed XML.
33484 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
33485 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
33486 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33487 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
33488 element of the list.
33489 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
33490 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
33491 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
33493 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
33495 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
33496 namespace to URIs instead.
33498 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
33499 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
33501 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
33503 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
33505 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33507 ;;;***
33509 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33510 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
33511 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33513 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33514 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33515 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33516 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33517 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33518 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33519 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33520 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33521 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
33522 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33524 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33526 ;;;***
33528 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20485
33529 ;;;;;; 15269 390836 0))
33530 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33532 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33533 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33534 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33537 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33539 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33541 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33542 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33547 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33548 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
33549 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
33550 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
33551 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33552 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33556 ;;;***
33558 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33559 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
33560 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33562 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33563 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33567 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33568 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33570 \(fn)" nil nil)
33572 ;;;***
33574 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33575 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20364 42504 244840 586000))
33576 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33578 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33579 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
33581 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33583 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33584 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33586 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33588 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33589 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33590 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33592 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33594 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33595 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33597 \(fn)" t nil)
33599 ;;;***
33601 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20545 57511 257469
33602 ;;;;;; 0))
33603 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33605 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33606 Zone out, completely.
33608 \(fn)" t nil)
33610 ;;;***
33612 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33613 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33614 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33615 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33616 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33617 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33618 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
33619 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
33620 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
33621 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
33622 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
33623 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
33624 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
33625 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
33626 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
33627 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
33628 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
33629 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
33630 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
33631 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
33632 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
33633 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
33634 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
33635 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
33636 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
33637 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
33638 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
33639 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
33640 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
33641 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
33642 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
33643 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
33644 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
33645 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
33646 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
33647 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
33648 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
33649 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
33650 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
33651 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
33652 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
33653 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
33654 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
33655 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
33656 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
33657 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
33658 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33659 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33660 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33661 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33662 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33663 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33664 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33665 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33666 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
33667 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
33668 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
33669 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
33670 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
33671 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
33672 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33673 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33674 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33675 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33676 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33677 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33678 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33679 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33680 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33681 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33682 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33683 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33684 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
33685 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
33686 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
33687 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
33688 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
33689 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
33690 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
33691 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
33692 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
33693 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
33694 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
33695 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
33696 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
33697 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
33698 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
33699 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
33700 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
33701 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
33702 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
33703 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
33704 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
33705 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
33706 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
33707 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
33708 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
33709 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
33710 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
33711 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
33712 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
33713 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
33714 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
33715 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
33716 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
33717 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
33718 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
33719 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
33720 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
33721 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
33722 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
33723 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
33724 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
33725 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
33726 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
33727 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
33728 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
33729 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
33730 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
33731 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
33732 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
33733 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
33734 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33735 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33736 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33737 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33738 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33739 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33740 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33741 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33742 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33743 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33744 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
33745 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
33746 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
33747 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
33748 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
33749 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
33750 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33751 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33752 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33753 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33754 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33755 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33756 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33757 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33758 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33759 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33760 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33761 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33762 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33763 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33764 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33765 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33766 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33767 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33768 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33769 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33770 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33771 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33772 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
33773 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
33774 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el"
33775 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
33776 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
33777 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33778 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33779 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el"
33780 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
33781 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
33782 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el"
33783 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
33784 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
33785 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
33786 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
33787 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
33788 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
33789 ;;;;;; "org/org-special-blocks.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el"
33790 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
33791 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
33792 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
33793 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
33794 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
33795 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
33796 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
33797 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
33798 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
33799 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
33800 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
33801 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
33802 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
33803 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
33804 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
33805 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
33806 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
33807 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
33808 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
33809 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
33810 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
33811 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
33812 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
33813 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20545 57718 475744 538000))
33815 ;;;***
33817 (provide 'loaddefs)
33818 ;; Local Variables:
33819 ;; version-control: never
33820 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33821 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33822 ;; coding: utf-8
33823 ;; End:
33824 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here